blob: ac227c7847ffdefda0288202b91977db28e53cf2 [file] [log] [blame]
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001/*******************************************************************************
2
3
Malli Chilakala26483452005-04-28 19:44:46 -07004 Copyright(c) 1999 - 2005 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
7 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
9 any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
12 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
14 more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
17 this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59
18 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
19
20 The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in the
21 file called LICENSE.
22
23 Contact Information:
24 Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
25 Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497
26
27*******************************************************************************/
28
29/* e1000_hw.c
30 * Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
31 */
32
33#include "e1000_hw.h"
34
35static int32_t e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw);
36static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw);
37static int32_t e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
38static int32_t e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
39static int32_t e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw);
40static int32_t e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw);
41static int32_t e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
42static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
43static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
44static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t data,
45 uint16_t count);
46static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
47static int32_t e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw);
48static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
49 uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
50static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
51 uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
52 uint16_t *data);
53static int32_t e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw);
54static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
55static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
56static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t data,
57 uint16_t count);
58static int32_t e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
59 uint16_t phy_data);
60static int32_t e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,uint32_t reg_addr,
61 uint16_t *phy_data);
62static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t count);
63static int32_t e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
64static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
65static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -070066static int32_t e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw);
67static int32_t e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
68static int32_t e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -070069static int32_t e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer);
70static uint8_t e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length);
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +010071static uint8_t e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw);
72static int32_t e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw);
73static int32_t e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t *polarity);
74static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
75static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw);
76static int32_t e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw);
77static int32_t e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
78 boolean_t link_up);
79static int32_t e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw);
80static int32_t e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
81static int32_t e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
82static int32_t e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
83 uint16_t *min_length,
84 uint16_t *max_length);
85static int32_t e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
86static int32_t e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
87static int32_t e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw);
88static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
89static boolean_t e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
90static int32_t e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd);
91static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
92static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
93 uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
94static int32_t e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
95static int32_t e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
96static int32_t e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw);
97
98static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t offset,
99 uint32_t value);
100
101#define E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(a, reg, val) \
102 e1000_write_reg_io((a), E1000_##reg, val)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700103
104/* IGP cable length table */
105static const
106uint16_t e1000_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
107 { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
108 5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
109 25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
110 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
111 60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
112 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
113 100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
114 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};
115
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700116static const
117uint16_t e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400118 { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
119 0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
120 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
121 21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
122 40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
123 60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
124 83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
125 104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700126
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700127
128/******************************************************************************
129 * Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
130 *
131 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
132 *****************************************************************************/
133int32_t
134e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
135{
136 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_type");
137
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700138 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_undefined)
139 return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
140
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700141 switch(hw->phy_id) {
142 case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
143 case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
144 case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700145 case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700146 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_m88;
147 break;
148 case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
149 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 ||
150 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
151 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
152 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
153 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp;
154 break;
155 }
156 /* Fall Through */
157 default:
158 /* Should never have loaded on this device */
159 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_undefined;
160 return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
161 }
162
163 return E1000_SUCCESS;
164}
165
166/******************************************************************************
167 * IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
168 *
169 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
170 *****************************************************************************/
171static void
172e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw)
173{
174 uint32_t ret_val;
175 uint16_t phy_saved_data;
176
177 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_init_script");
178
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700179 if(hw->phy_init_script) {
180 msec_delay(20);
181
182 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
183 * the end of this routine. */
184 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
185
186 /* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
187 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
188
189 msec_delay(20);
190
191 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);
192
193 msec_delay(5);
194
195 switch(hw->mac_type) {
196 case e1000_82541:
197 case e1000_82547:
198 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);
199
200 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);
201
202 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);
203
204 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);
205
206 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);
207
208 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);
209
210 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);
211
212 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);
213
214 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
215 break;
216
217 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
218 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
219 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
220 break;
221 default:
222 break;
223 }
224
225 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);
226
227 msec_delay(20);
228
229 /* Now enable the transmitter */
230 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
231
232 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82547) {
233 uint16_t fused, fine, coarse;
234
235 /* Move to analog registers page */
236 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
237
238 if(!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
239 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
240
241 fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
242 coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;
243
244 if(coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
245 coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
246 fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
247 } else if(coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
248 fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;
249
250 fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
251 (fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
252 (coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);
253
254 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
255 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
256 IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
257 }
258 }
259 }
260}
261
262/******************************************************************************
263 * Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
264 *
265 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
266 *****************************************************************************/
267int32_t
268e1000_set_mac_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
269{
270 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_mac_type");
271
272 switch (hw->device_id) {
273 case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
274 switch (hw->revision_id) {
275 case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
276 hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_0;
277 break;
278 case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
279 hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_1;
280 break;
281 default:
282 /* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
283 return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
284 }
285 break;
286 case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
287 case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
288 hw->mac_type = e1000_82543;
289 break;
290 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
291 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
292 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
293 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
294 hw->mac_type = e1000_82544;
295 break;
296 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
297 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
298 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
299 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
300 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
301 hw->mac_type = e1000_82540;
302 break;
303 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
304 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
305 hw->mac_type = e1000_82545;
306 break;
307 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
308 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
309 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
310 hw->mac_type = e1000_82545_rev_3;
311 break;
312 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
313 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
314 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
315 hw->mac_type = e1000_82546;
316 break;
317 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
318 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
319 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
320 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
321 hw->mac_type = e1000_82546_rev_3;
322 break;
323 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
324 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
325 hw->mac_type = e1000_82541;
326 break;
327 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
328 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
329 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
330 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
331 hw->mac_type = e1000_82541_rev_2;
332 break;
333 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
334 hw->mac_type = e1000_82547;
335 break;
336 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
337 hw->mac_type = e1000_82547_rev_2;
338 break;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400339 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
340 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
341 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
342 hw->mac_type = e1000_82571;
343 break;
344 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
345 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
346 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
347 hw->mac_type = e1000_82572;
348 break;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700349 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
350 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400351 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700352 hw->mac_type = e1000_82573;
353 break;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700354 default:
355 /* Should never have loaded on this device */
356 return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
357 }
358
359 switch(hw->mac_type) {
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400360 case e1000_82571:
361 case e1000_82572:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700362 case e1000_82573:
363 hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = TRUE;
364 /* fall through */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700365 case e1000_82541:
366 case e1000_82547:
367 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
368 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
369 hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
370 break;
371 default:
372 break;
373 }
374
375 return E1000_SUCCESS;
376}
377
378/*****************************************************************************
379 * Set media type and TBI compatibility.
380 *
381 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
382 * **************************************************************************/
383void
384e1000_set_media_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
385{
386 uint32_t status;
387
388 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_media_type");
389
390 if(hw->mac_type != e1000_82543) {
391 /* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
392 hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
393 }
394
395 switch (hw->device_id) {
396 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
397 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400398 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
399 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700400 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_internal_serdes;
401 break;
402 default:
Malli Chilakala3893d542005-06-17 17:44:49 -0700403 switch (hw->mac_type) {
404 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
405 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
406 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
407 break;
408 case e1000_82573:
409 /* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for the this
410 * device.
411 */
412 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
413 break;
414 default:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700415 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
Malli Chilakala3893d542005-06-17 17:44:49 -0700416 if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700417 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
418 /* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
419 hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
420 } else {
421 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
422 }
Malli Chilakala3893d542005-06-17 17:44:49 -0700423 break;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700424 }
425 }
426}
427
428/******************************************************************************
429 * Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
430 *
431 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
432 *****************************************************************************/
433int32_t
434e1000_reset_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
435{
436 uint32_t ctrl;
437 uint32_t ctrl_ext;
438 uint32_t icr;
439 uint32_t manc;
440 uint32_t led_ctrl;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700441 uint32_t timeout;
442 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
443 int32_t ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700444
445 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_hw");
446
447 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
448 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
449 DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
450 e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
451 }
452
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700453 if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci_express) {
454 /* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
455 * on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
456 */
457 if(e1000_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
458 DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
459 }
460 }
461
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700462 /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
463 DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
464 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
465
466 /* Disable the Transmit and Receive units. Then delay to allow
467 * any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
468 * the global reset.
469 */
470 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
471 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
472 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
473
474 /* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
475 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
476
477 /* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
478 * resetting the device
479 */
480 msec_delay(10);
481
482 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
483
484 /* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
485 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700486 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700487 msec_delay(5);
488 }
489
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700490 /* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
491 * Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
492 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
493 timeout = 10;
494
495 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
496 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
497
498 do {
499 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
500 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
501
502 if(extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
503 break;
504 else
505 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
506
507 msec_delay(2);
508 timeout--;
509 } while(timeout);
510 }
511
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700512 /* Issue a global reset to the MAC. This will reset the chip's
513 * transmit, receive, DMA, and link units. It will not effect
514 * the current PCI configuration. The global reset bit is self-
515 * clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
516 */
517 DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");
518
519 switch(hw->mac_type) {
520 case e1000_82544:
521 case e1000_82540:
522 case e1000_82545:
523 case e1000_82546:
524 case e1000_82541:
525 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
526 /* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
527 * reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
528 E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
529 break;
530 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
531 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
532 /* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
533 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
534 break;
535 default:
536 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
537 break;
538 }
539
540 /* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
541 * device. Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
542 * for reload to complete.
543 */
544 switch(hw->mac_type) {
545 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
546 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
547 case e1000_82543:
548 case e1000_82544:
549 /* Wait for reset to complete */
550 udelay(10);
551 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
552 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
553 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
554 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
555 /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
556 msec_delay(2);
557 break;
558 case e1000_82541:
559 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
560 case e1000_82547:
561 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
562 /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
563 msec_delay(20);
564 break;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700565 case e1000_82573:
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -0500566 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
567 udelay(10);
568 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
569 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
570 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
571 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
572 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700573 /* fall through */
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400574 case e1000_82571:
575 case e1000_82572:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700576 ret_val = e1000_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
577 if(ret_val)
578 /* We don't want to continue accessing MAC registers. */
579 return ret_val;
580 break;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700581 default:
582 /* Wait for EEPROM reload (it happens automatically) */
583 msec_delay(5);
584 break;
585 }
586
587 /* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700588 if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82540 && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700589 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
590 manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
591 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MANC, manc);
592 }
593
594 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
595 e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
596
597 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
598 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
599 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
600 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
601 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
602 }
603
604 /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
605 DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
606 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
607
608 /* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
609 icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
610
611 /* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
612 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
613 if(hw->pci_cmd_word & CMD_MEM_WRT_INVALIDATE)
614 e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
615 }
616
617 return E1000_SUCCESS;
618}
619
620/******************************************************************************
621 * Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
622 *
623 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
624 *
625 * Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
626 * post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
627 * multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
628 * configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
629 * the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
630 *****************************************************************************/
631int32_t
632e1000_init_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
633{
634 uint32_t ctrl;
635 uint32_t i;
636 int32_t ret_val;
637 uint16_t pcix_cmd_word;
638 uint16_t pcix_stat_hi_word;
639 uint16_t cmd_mmrbc;
640 uint16_t stat_mmrbc;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700641 uint32_t mta_size;
642
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700643 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_hw");
644
645 /* Initialize Identification LED */
646 ret_val = e1000_id_led_init(hw);
647 if(ret_val) {
648 DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
649 return ret_val;
650 }
651
652 /* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
653 e1000_set_media_type(hw);
654
655 /* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
656 DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700657 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82545_rev_3)
658 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, VET, 0);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700659 e1000_clear_vfta(hw);
660
661 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
662 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
663 DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
664 e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
665 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
666 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
667 msec_delay(5);
668 }
669
670 /* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
671 * Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
672 */
673 e1000_init_rx_addrs(hw);
674
675 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
676 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
677 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
678 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
679 msec_delay(1);
680 if(hw->pci_cmd_word & CMD_MEM_WRT_INVALIDATE)
681 e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
682 }
683
684 /* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
685 DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700686 mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
687 for(i = 0; i < mta_size; i++)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700688 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
689
690 /* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register. This
691 * determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700692 * gives equal priority to transmits and receives. Valid only on
693 * 82542 and 82543 silicon.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700694 */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700695 if(hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700696 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
697 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
698 }
699
700 switch(hw->mac_type) {
701 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
702 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
703 break;
704 default:
705 /* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
706 if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pcix) {
707 e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER, &pcix_cmd_word);
708 e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_STATUS_REGISTER_HI,
709 &pcix_stat_hi_word);
710 cmd_mmrbc = (pcix_cmd_word & PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK) >>
711 PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
712 stat_mmrbc = (pcix_stat_hi_word & PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_MASK) >>
713 PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_SHIFT;
714 if(stat_mmrbc == PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_4K)
715 stat_mmrbc = PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_2K;
716 if(cmd_mmrbc > stat_mmrbc) {
717 pcix_cmd_word &= ~PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK;
718 pcix_cmd_word |= stat_mmrbc << PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
719 e1000_write_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER,
720 &pcix_cmd_word);
721 }
722 }
723 break;
724 }
725
726 /* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
727 ret_val = e1000_setup_link(hw);
728
729 /* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
730 if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
731 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
732 ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700733 switch (hw->mac_type) {
734 default:
735 break;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400736 case e1000_82571:
737 case e1000_82572:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700738 case e1000_82573:
739 ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
740 break;
741 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700742 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, ctrl);
743 }
744
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700745 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
746 e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw);
747 }
748
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400749 switch (hw->mac_type) {
750 default:
751 break;
752 case e1000_82571:
Mallikarjuna R Chilakalaa7990ba2005-10-04 07:08:19 -0400753 case e1000_82572:
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400754 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
755 ctrl &= ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH;
756 ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
757 ctrl |= (1 << 22);
758 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, ctrl);
759 break;
760 }
761
762
763
764 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
765 uint32_t gcr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
766 gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
767 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr);
768 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700769
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700770 /* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read). It is
771 * important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
772 * because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
773 * is no link.
774 */
775 e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);
776
777 return ret_val;
778}
779
780/******************************************************************************
781 * Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
782 *
783 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
784 *****************************************************************************/
785static int32_t
786e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw)
787{
788 uint16_t eeprom_data;
789 int32_t ret_val;
790
791 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude");
792
793 if(hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
794 return E1000_SUCCESS;
795
796 switch(hw->mac_type) {
797 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
798 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
799 break;
800 default:
801 return E1000_SUCCESS;
802 }
803
804 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
805 if (ret_val) {
806 return ret_val;
807 }
808
809 if(eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
810 /* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
811 eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK;
812 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
813 if(ret_val)
814 return ret_val;
815 }
816
817 return E1000_SUCCESS;
818}
819
820/******************************************************************************
821 * Configures flow control and link settings.
822 *
823 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
824 *
825 * Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
826 * specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
827 * Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
828 * established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
829 * transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
830 *****************************************************************************/
831int32_t
832e1000_setup_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
833{
834 uint32_t ctrl_ext;
835 int32_t ret_val;
836 uint16_t eeprom_data;
837
838 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_link");
839
Jeff Kirsher526f9952006-01-12 16:50:46 -0800840 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
841 * We do not have to set it up again. */
842 if (e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw))
843 return E1000_SUCCESS;
844
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700845 /* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
846 * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
847 * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
848 * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
849 * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
850 * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
851 * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
852 */
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -0500853 if (hw->fc == e1000_fc_default) {
854 switch (hw->mac_type) {
855 case e1000_82573:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700856 hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -0500857 break;
858 default:
859 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
860 1, &eeprom_data);
861 if (ret_val) {
862 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
863 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
864 }
865 if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
866 hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;
867 else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
868 EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
869 hw->fc = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
870 else
871 hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
872 break;
873 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700874 }
875
876 /* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
877 * in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
878 * hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
879 */
880 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
881 hw->fc &= (~e1000_fc_tx_pause);
882
883 if((hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
884 hw->fc &= (~e1000_fc_rx_pause);
885
886 hw->original_fc = hw->fc;
887
888 DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);
889
890 /* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
891 * polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
892 * Extended Device Control reg with that info.
893 * This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
894 * signal detection. So this should be done before e1000_setup_pcs_link()
895 * or e1000_phy_setup() is called.
896 */
897 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) {
898 ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
899 SWDPIO__EXT_SHIFT);
900 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
901 }
902
903 /* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
904 ret_val = (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) ?
905 e1000_setup_copper_link(hw) :
906 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);
907
908 /* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
909 * registers to their default values. This is done even if flow
910 * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
911 * initialize these registers.
912 */
913 DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");
914
915 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
916 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
917 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -0700918
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700919 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);
920
921 /* Set the flow control receive threshold registers. Normally,
922 * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
923 * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code. However, if the
924 * ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
925 * registers will be set to 0.
926 */
927 if(!(hw->fc & e1000_fc_tx_pause)) {
928 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, 0);
929 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, 0);
930 } else {
931 /* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
932 * as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
933 */
934 if(hw->fc_send_xon) {
935 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
936 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
937 } else {
938 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
939 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
940 }
941 }
942 return ret_val;
943}
944
945/******************************************************************************
946 * Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
947 *
948 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
949 *
950 * Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
951 * link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
952 * and receiver are not enabled.
953 *****************************************************************************/
954static int32_t
955e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
956{
957 uint32_t ctrl;
958 uint32_t status;
959 uint32_t txcw = 0;
960 uint32_t i;
961 uint32_t signal = 0;
962 int32_t ret_val;
963
964 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link");
965
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -0400966 /* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
967 * until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed. A read to
968 * the register does not indicate its status. Therefore, we ensure
969 * loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
970 */
971 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82572)
972 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);
973
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -0700974 /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
975 * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
976 * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
977 * If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value set in
978 * the EEPROM.
979 */
980 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
981 if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber)
982 signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
983
984 ret_val = e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
985 if(ret_val)
986 return ret_val;
987
988 /* Take the link out of reset */
989 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);
990
991 /* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
992 ret_val = e1000_set_vco_speed(hw);
993 if(ret_val)
994 return ret_val;
995
996 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
997
998 /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
999 * the device accordingly. If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
1000 * will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
1001 * Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation. However, if
1002 * auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
1003 * configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
1004 *
1005 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
1006 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
1007 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
1008 * not send pause frames).
1009 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
1010 * not support receiving pause frames).
1011 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
1012 */
1013 switch (hw->fc) {
1014 case e1000_fc_none:
1015 /* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
1016 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
1017 break;
1018 case e1000_fc_rx_pause:
1019 /* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
1020 * software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
1021 * that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
1022 * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
1023 * disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
1024 */
1025 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
1026 break;
1027 case e1000_fc_tx_pause:
1028 /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
1029 * software over-ride.
1030 */
1031 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
1032 break;
1033 case e1000_fc_full:
1034 /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
1035 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
1036 break;
1037 default:
1038 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
1039 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
1040 break;
1041 }
1042
1043 /* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
1044 * will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
1045 * restart auto-negotiation. If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
1046 * link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
1047 * and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
1048 */
1049 DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");
1050
1051 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, txcw);
1052 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1053 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
1054
1055 hw->txcw = txcw;
1056 msec_delay(1);
1057
1058 /* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
1059 * indication in the Device Status Register. Time-out if a link isn't
1060 * seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
1061 * less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
1062 * For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
1063 */
1064 if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
1065 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
1066 DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
1067 for(i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
1068 msec_delay(10);
1069 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
1070 if(status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
1071 }
1072 if(i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
1073 DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
1074 hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
1075 /* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
1076 * e1000_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
1077 * we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
1078 * non-autonegotiating link partners.
1079 */
1080 ret_val = e1000_check_for_link(hw);
1081 if(ret_val) {
1082 DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
1083 return ret_val;
1084 }
1085 hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
1086 } else {
1087 hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
1088 DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
1089 }
1090 } else {
1091 DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
1092 }
1093 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1094}
1095
1096/******************************************************************************
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001097* Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001098*
1099* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1100******************************************************************************/
1101static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001102e1000_copper_link_preconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001103{
1104 uint32_t ctrl;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001105 int32_t ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001106 uint16_t phy_data;
1107
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001108 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_preconfig");
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001109
1110 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1111 /* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
1112 * the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
1113 * perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
1114 */
1115 if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
1116 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
1117 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
1118 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1119 } else {
1120 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
1121 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001122 ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
1123 if(ret_val)
1124 return ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001125 }
1126
1127 /* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
1128 ret_val = e1000_detect_gig_phy(hw);
1129 if(ret_val) {
1130 DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
1131 return ret_val;
1132 }
1133 DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);
1134
1135 /* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
1136 ret_val = e1000_set_phy_mode(hw);
1137 if(ret_val)
1138 return ret_val;
1139
1140 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) ||
1141 (hw->mac_type == e1000_82546_rev_3)) {
1142 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1143 phy_data |= 0x00000008;
1144 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1145 }
1146
1147 if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543 ||
1148 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
1149 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2)
1150 hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
1151
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001152 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1153}
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001154
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001155
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001156/********************************************************************
1157* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_igp series.
1158*
1159* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1160*********************************************************************/
1161static int32_t
1162e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1163{
1164 uint32_t led_ctrl;
1165 int32_t ret_val;
1166 uint16_t phy_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001167
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001168 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_igp_setup");
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001169
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001170 if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
1171 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1172
1173 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1174 if (ret_val) {
1175 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1176 return ret_val;
1177 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001178
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001179 /* Wait 10ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
1180 msec_delay(15);
1181
1182 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
1183 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
1184 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
1185 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
1186 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
1187
1188 /* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
1189 ret_val = e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
1190 if (ret_val) {
1191 DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
1192 return ret_val;
1193 }
1194
1195 /* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
1196 ret_val = e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
1197 if (ret_val) {
1198 DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
1199 return ret_val;
1200 }
1201 /* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
1202 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
1203 if (ret_val)
1204 return ret_val;
1205
1206 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
1207 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_disabled;
1208 /* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
1209 phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
1210 hw->mdix = 1;
1211
1212 } else {
1213 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
1214 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1215
1216 switch (hw->mdix) {
1217 case 1:
1218 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1219 break;
1220 case 2:
1221 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1222 break;
1223 case 0:
1224 default:
1225 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1226 break;
1227 }
1228 }
1229 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
1230 if(ret_val)
1231 return ret_val;
1232
1233 /* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
1234 if(hw->autoneg) {
1235 e1000_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;
1236
1237 if(hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active)
1238 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
1239
1240 if(hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated)
1241 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
1242
1243 /* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
1244 * should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
1245 * resolution as hardware default. */
1246 if(hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
1247 /* Disable SmartSpeed */
1248 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001249 if(ret_val)
1250 return ret_val;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001251 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
1252 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001253 IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
1254 phy_data);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001255 if(ret_val)
1256 return ret_val;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001257 /* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
1258 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
1259 if(ret_val)
1260 return ret_val;
1261 phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1262 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
1263 if(ret_val)
1264 return ret_val;
1265 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001266
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001267 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
1268 if(ret_val)
1269 return ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001270
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001271 /* load defaults for future use */
1272 hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
1273 ((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
1274 e1000_ms_force_master :
1275 e1000_ms_force_slave) :
1276 e1000_ms_auto;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001277
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001278 switch (phy_ms_setting) {
1279 case e1000_ms_force_master:
1280 phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
1281 break;
1282 case e1000_ms_force_slave:
1283 phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1284 phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
1285 break;
1286 case e1000_ms_auto:
1287 phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001288 default:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001289 break;
1290 }
1291 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
1292 if(ret_val)
1293 return ret_val;
Malli Chilakala2b028932005-06-17 17:46:06 -07001294 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001295
Malli Chilakala2b028932005-06-17 17:46:06 -07001296 return E1000_SUCCESS;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001297}
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001298
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001299
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001300/********************************************************************
1301* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_m88 series.
1302*
1303* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1304*********************************************************************/
1305static int32_t
1306e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1307{
1308 int32_t ret_val;
1309 uint16_t phy_data;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001310
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001311 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup");
1312
1313 if(hw->phy_reset_disable)
1314 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1315
1316 /* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
1317 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1318 if(ret_val)
1319 return ret_val;
1320
1321 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
1322
1323 /* Options:
1324 * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
1325 * 0 - Auto for all speeds
1326 * 1 - MDI mode
1327 * 2 - MDI-X mode
1328 * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
1329 */
1330 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1331
1332 switch (hw->mdix) {
1333 case 1:
1334 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
1335 break;
1336 case 2:
1337 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
1338 break;
1339 case 3:
1340 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
1341 break;
1342 case 0:
1343 default:
1344 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1345 break;
1346 }
1347
1348 /* Options:
1349 * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
1350 * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
1351 * 0 - Disabled
1352 * 1 - Enabled
1353 */
1354 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
1355 if(hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
1356 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
1357 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1358 if(ret_val)
1359 return ret_val;
1360
1361 /* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
1362 * to 25MHz clock.
1363 */
1364 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1365 if(ret_val)
1366 return ret_val;
1367
1368 phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
1369
1370 if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
1371 /* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
1372 phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001373 M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001374 phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001375 M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001376 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1377 if(ret_val)
1378 return ret_val;
1379 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001380
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001381 /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
1382 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1383 if(ret_val) {
1384 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1385 return ret_val;
1386 }
1387
1388 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1389}
1390
1391/********************************************************************
1392* Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
1393* and then perform auto-negotiation.
1394*
1395* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1396*********************************************************************/
1397static int32_t
1398e1000_copper_link_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1399{
1400 int32_t ret_val;
1401 uint16_t phy_data;
1402
1403 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_autoneg");
1404
1405 /* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
1406 * parameter. If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
1407 */
1408 hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
1409
1410 /* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
1411 * by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
1412 */
1413 if(hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
1414 hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
1415
1416 DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
1417 ret_val = e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
1418 if(ret_val) {
1419 DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
1420 return ret_val;
1421 }
1422 DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");
1423
1424 /* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
1425 * the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
1426 */
1427 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
1428 if(ret_val)
1429 return ret_val;
1430
1431 phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
1432 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
1433 if(ret_val)
1434 return ret_val;
1435
1436 /* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
1437 * check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
1438 */
1439 if(hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
1440 ret_val = e1000_wait_autoneg(hw);
1441 if(ret_val) {
1442 DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
1443 return ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001444 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001445 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001446
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001447 hw->get_link_status = TRUE;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001448
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001449 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1450}
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001451
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001452
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001453/******************************************************************************
1454* Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
1455* 1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
1456* if we are on 82543. If we
1457* are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
1458* collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
1459* 2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
1460* the link partner.
1461* 3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.
1462*
1463* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1464******************************************************************************/
1465static int32_t
1466e1000_copper_link_postconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1467{
1468 int32_t ret_val;
1469 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_postconfig");
1470
1471 if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544) {
1472 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
1473 } else {
1474 ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
1475 if(ret_val) {
1476 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
1477 return ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001478 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001479 }
1480 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
1481 if(ret_val) {
1482 DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
1483 return ret_val;
1484 }
1485
1486 /* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
1487 if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
1488 ret_val = e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
1489 if(ret_val) {
1490 DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
1491 return ret_val;
1492 }
1493 }
1494
1495 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1496}
1497
1498/******************************************************************************
1499* Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
1500*
1501* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1502******************************************************************************/
1503static int32_t
1504e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1505{
1506 int32_t ret_val;
1507 uint16_t i;
1508 uint16_t phy_data;
1509
1510 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_copper_link");
1511
1512 /* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
1513 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
1514 if(ret_val)
1515 return ret_val;
1516
1517 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
1518 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
1519 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
1520 if(ret_val)
1521 return ret_val;
1522 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
1523 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
1524 if(ret_val)
1525 return ret_val;
1526 }
1527
1528 if(hw->autoneg) {
1529 /* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement
1530 * and perform autonegotiation */
1531 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
1532 if(ret_val)
1533 return ret_val;
1534 } else {
1535 /* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
1536 * depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
1537 DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
1538 ret_val = e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
1539 if(ret_val) {
1540 DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
1541 return ret_val;
1542 }
1543 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001544
1545 /* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
1546 * valid.
1547 */
1548 for(i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
1549 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
1550 if(ret_val)
1551 return ret_val;
1552 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
1553 if(ret_val)
1554 return ret_val;
1555
1556 if(phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001557 /* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
1558 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
1559 if(ret_val)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001560 return ret_val;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001561
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001562 DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
1563 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1564 }
1565 udelay(10);
1566 }
1567
1568 DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
1569 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1570}
1571
1572/******************************************************************************
1573* Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
1574*
1575* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1576******************************************************************************/
1577int32_t
1578e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1579{
1580 int32_t ret_val;
1581 uint16_t mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
1582 uint16_t mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;
1583
1584 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_setup_autoneg");
1585
1586 /* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
1587 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
1588 if(ret_val)
1589 return ret_val;
1590
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001591 /* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
1592 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
1593 if(ret_val)
1594 return ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001595
1596 /* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
1597 * the appropriate PHY registers. First we will parse for
1598 * autoneg_advertised software override. Since we can advertise
1599 * a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
1600 * individually.
1601 */
1602
1603 /* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
1604 * Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
1605 * the 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
1606 */
1607 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
1608 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;
1609
1610 DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);
1611
1612 /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
1613 if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
1614 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
1615 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
1616 }
1617
1618 /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
1619 if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
1620 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
1621 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
1622 }
1623
1624 /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
1625 if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
1626 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
1627 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
1628 }
1629
1630 /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
1631 if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
1632 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
1633 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
1634 }
1635
1636 /* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
1637 if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
1638 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
1639 }
1640
1641 /* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
1642 if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
1643 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
1644 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
1645 }
1646
1647 /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
1648 * setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly. If
1649 * auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
1650 * "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
1651 * Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
1652 *
1653 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
1654 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
1655 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
1656 * but not send pause frames).
1657 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
1658 * but we do not support receiving pause frames).
1659 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
1660 * other: No software override. The flow control configuration
1661 * in the EEPROM is used.
1662 */
1663 switch (hw->fc) {
1664 case e1000_fc_none: /* 0 */
1665 /* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
1666 * software over-ride.
1667 */
1668 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
1669 break;
1670 case e1000_fc_rx_pause: /* 1 */
1671 /* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
1672 * disabled, by a software over-ride.
1673 */
1674 /* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
1675 * capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
1676 * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later
1677 * (in e1000_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
1678 *hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
1679 */
1680 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
1681 break;
1682 case e1000_fc_tx_pause: /* 2 */
1683 /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
1684 * disabled, by a software over-ride.
1685 */
1686 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
1687 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
1688 break;
1689 case e1000_fc_full: /* 3 */
1690 /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
1691 * over-ride.
1692 */
1693 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
1694 break;
1695 default:
1696 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
1697 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
1698 }
1699
1700 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
1701 if(ret_val)
1702 return ret_val;
1703
1704 DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
1705
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001706 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001707 if(ret_val)
1708 return ret_val;
1709
1710 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1711}
1712
1713/******************************************************************************
1714* Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
1715*
1716* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1717******************************************************************************/
1718static int32_t
1719e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1720{
1721 uint32_t ctrl;
1722 int32_t ret_val;
1723 uint16_t mii_ctrl_reg;
1724 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
1725 uint16_t phy_data;
1726 uint16_t i;
1727
1728 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex");
1729
1730 /* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
1731 hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;
1732
1733 DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);
1734
1735 /* Read the Device Control Register. */
1736 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1737
1738 /* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
1739 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
1740 ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);
1741
1742 /* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
1743 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;
1744
1745 /* Read the MII Control Register. */
1746 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
1747 if(ret_val)
1748 return ret_val;
1749
1750 /* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */
1751
1752 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;
1753
1754 /* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
1755 if(hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
1756 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) {
1757 /* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
1758 * Device and MII Control Registers.
1759 */
1760 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
1761 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
1762 DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
1763 } else {
1764 /* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
1765 * the Device and MII Control Registers.
1766 */
1767 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
1768 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
1769 DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
1770 }
1771
1772 /* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
1773 if(hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
1774 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_half) {
1775 /* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
1776 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
1777 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
1778 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
1779 DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
1780 } else {
1781 /* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
1782 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
1783 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
1784 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
1785 DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
1786 }
1787
1788 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
1789
1790 /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
1791 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1792
1793 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
1794 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1795 if(ret_val)
1796 return ret_val;
1797
1798 /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
1799 * forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
1800 */
1801 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1802 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1803 if(ret_val)
1804 return ret_val;
1805
1806 DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);
1807
1808 /* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
1809 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
1810 } else {
1811 /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. IGP requires MDI
1812 * forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
1813 */
1814 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
1815 if(ret_val)
1816 return ret_val;
1817
1818 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1819 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1820
1821 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
1822 if(ret_val)
1823 return ret_val;
1824 }
1825
1826 /* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
1827 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
1828 if(ret_val)
1829 return ret_val;
1830
1831 udelay(1);
1832
1833 /* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
1834 * Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
1835 * But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
1836 * don't generate false No Link messages. So we will wait here
1837 * only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
1838 * the default.
1839 */
1840 if(hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
1841 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
1842 DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
1843 mii_status_reg = 0;
1844
1845 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
1846 for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
1847 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
1848 * to be set.
1849 */
1850 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
1851 if(ret_val)
1852 return ret_val;
1853
1854 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
1855 if(ret_val)
1856 return ret_val;
1857
1858 if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
1859 msec_delay(100);
1860 }
1861 if((i == 0) &&
1862 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88)) {
1863 /* We didn't get link. Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
1864 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
1865 if(ret_val) {
1866 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
1867 return ret_val;
1868 }
1869 }
1870 /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
1871 for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
1872 if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
1873 msec_delay(100);
1874 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
1875 * to be set.
1876 */
1877 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
1878 if(ret_val)
1879 return ret_val;
1880
1881 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
1882 if(ret_val)
1883 return ret_val;
1884 }
1885 }
1886
1887 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
1888 /* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
1889 * Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock. This value
1890 * defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
1891 */
1892 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1893 if(ret_val)
1894 return ret_val;
1895
1896 phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
1897 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1898 if(ret_val)
1899 return ret_val;
1900
1901 /* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
1902 * TX. This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
1903 */
1904 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1905 if(ret_val)
1906 return ret_val;
1907
1908 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
1909 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1910 if(ret_val)
1911 return ret_val;
1912
1913 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
1914 (!hw->autoneg) &&
1915 (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
1916 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
1917 ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
1918 if(ret_val)
1919 return ret_val;
1920 }
1921 }
1922 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1923}
1924
1925/******************************************************************************
1926* Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
1927*
1928* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1929*
1930* Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
1931* information from the Device Status register.
1932******************************************************************************/
1933void
1934e1000_config_collision_dist(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1935{
Jeff Kirsher0fadb052006-01-12 16:51:05 -08001936 uint32_t tctl, coll_dist;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001937
1938 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_collision_dist");
1939
Jeff Kirsher0fadb052006-01-12 16:51:05 -08001940 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543)
1941 coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE_82542;
1942 else
1943 coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE;
1944
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001945 tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
1946
1947 tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
Jeff Kirsher0fadb052006-01-12 16:51:05 -08001948 tctl |= coll_dist << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001949
1950 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, tctl);
1951 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
1952}
1953
1954/******************************************************************************
1955* Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
1956*
1957* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1958* mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
1959*
1960* The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
1961* be passed in.
1962******************************************************************************/
1963static int32_t
1964e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1965{
1966 uint32_t ctrl;
1967 int32_t ret_val;
1968 uint16_t phy_data;
1969
1970 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_mac_to_phy");
1971
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001972 /* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of
1973 * MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
1974 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
1975 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1976
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001977 /* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
1978 * and Duplex.
1979 */
1980 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1981 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
1982 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);
1983
1984 /* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
1985 * registers depending on negotiated values.
1986 */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001987 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
1988 if(ret_val)
1989 return ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001990
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001991 if(phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX)
1992 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
1993 else
1994 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001995
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001996 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07001997
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07001998 /* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
1999 * negotiated values.
2000 */
2001 if((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
2002 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
2003 else if((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
2004 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002005
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002006 /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
2007 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2008 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2009}
2010
2011/******************************************************************************
2012 * Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
2013 *
2014 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2015 *
2016 * Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
2017 * the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
2018 * software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
2019 * by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
2020 * bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
2021 *****************************************************************************/
2022int32_t
2023e1000_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2024{
2025 uint32_t ctrl;
2026
2027 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_force_mac_fc");
2028
2029 /* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
2030 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2031
2032 /* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
2033 * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
2034 * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
2035 * receive flow control.
2036 *
2037 * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
2038 * according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
2039 *
2040 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
2041 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
2042 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
2043 * frames but not send pause frames).
2044 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
2045 * frames but we do not receive pause frames).
2046 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
2047 * other: No other values should be possible at this point.
2048 */
2049
2050 switch (hw->fc) {
2051 case e1000_fc_none:
2052 ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
2053 break;
2054 case e1000_fc_rx_pause:
2055 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
2056 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
2057 break;
2058 case e1000_fc_tx_pause:
2059 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
2060 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
2061 break;
2062 case e1000_fc_full:
2063 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
2064 break;
2065 default:
2066 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
2067 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2068 }
2069
2070 /* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
2071 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
2072 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
2073
2074 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2075 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2076}
2077
2078/******************************************************************************
2079 * Configures flow control settings after link is established
2080 *
2081 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2082 *
2083 * Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
2084 * Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
2085 * and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
2086 * based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
2087 * and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
2088 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01002089static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002090e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2091{
2092 int32_t ret_val;
2093 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
2094 uint16_t mii_nway_adv_reg;
2095 uint16_t mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
2096 uint16_t speed;
2097 uint16_t duplex;
2098
2099 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_fc_after_link_up");
2100
2101 /* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
2102 * so we had to force link. In this case, we need to force the
2103 * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
2104 */
2105 if(((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
2106 ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
2107 ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
2108 ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
2109 if(ret_val) {
2110 DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
2111 return ret_val;
2112 }
2113 }
2114
2115 /* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
2116 * enabled. In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
2117 * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
2118 * flow control configured.
2119 */
2120 if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
2121 /* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
2122 * has completed. We read this twice because this reg has
2123 * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
2124 */
2125 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2126 if(ret_val)
2127 return ret_val;
2128 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2129 if(ret_val)
2130 return ret_val;
2131
2132 if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
2133 /* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
2134 * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
2135 * (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
2136 * Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
2137 * negotiated.
2138 */
2139 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
2140 &mii_nway_adv_reg);
2141 if(ret_val)
2142 return ret_val;
2143 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
2144 &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
2145 if(ret_val)
2146 return ret_val;
2147
2148 /* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
2149 * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
2150 * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
2151 * for both the PHY and the link partner. The following
2152 * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
2153 * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
2154 * control is determined based upon these settings.
2155 * NOTE: DC = Don't Care
2156 *
2157 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2158 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
2159 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2160 * 0 | 0 | DC | DC | e1000_fc_none
2161 * 0 | 1 | 0 | DC | e1000_fc_none
2162 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | e1000_fc_none
2163 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | e1000_fc_tx_pause
2164 * 1 | 0 | 0 | DC | e1000_fc_none
2165 * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | e1000_fc_full
2166 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | e1000_fc_none
2167 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | e1000_fc_rx_pause
2168 *
2169 */
2170 /* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1? If so, this implies
2171 * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends. The
2172 * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
2173 *
2174 * For Symmetric Flow Control:
2175 *
2176 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2177 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2178 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2179 * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | e1000_fc_full
2180 *
2181 */
2182 if((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2183 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
2184 /* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
2185 * of pause frames. In this case, we had to advertise
2186 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
2187 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
2188 * turn OFF the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
2189 */
2190 if(hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_full) {
2191 hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
2192 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\r\n");
2193 } else {
2194 hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
2195 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
2196 }
2197 }
2198 /* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
2199 *
2200 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2201 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2202 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2203 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | e1000_fc_tx_pause
2204 *
2205 */
2206 else if(!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2207 (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
2208 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
2209 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
2210 hw->fc = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
2211 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
2212 }
2213 /* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
2214 *
2215 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2216 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2217 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2218 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | e1000_fc_rx_pause
2219 *
2220 */
2221 else if((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2222 (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
2223 !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
2224 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
2225 hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
2226 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
2227 }
2228 /* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
2229 * disabled. However, we want to consider that we could
2230 * be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
2231 * desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
2232 * partner. So if we advertised no flow control, that is
2233 * what we will resolve to. If we advertised some kind of
2234 * receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
2235 * and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
2236 * ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only. We can do
2237 * this safely for two reasons: If the link partner really
2238 * didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
2239 * harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
2240 * anyway. If the intent on the link partner was to have
2241 * flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
2242 * can at least receive pause frames and process them.
2243 * This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
2244 * predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
2245 * be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
2246 * our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
2247 */
2248 else if((hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_none ||
2249 hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_tx_pause) ||
2250 hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
2251 hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;
2252 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\r\n");
2253 } else {
2254 hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
2255 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
2256 }
2257
2258 /* Now we need to do one last check... If we auto-
2259 * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
2260 * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
2261 */
2262 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
2263 if(ret_val) {
2264 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
2265 return ret_val;
2266 }
2267
2268 if(duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
2269 hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;
2270
2271 /* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
2272 * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
2273 */
2274 ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
2275 if(ret_val) {
2276 DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
2277 return ret_val;
2278 }
2279 } else {
2280 DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\r\n");
2281 }
2282 }
2283 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2284}
2285
2286/******************************************************************************
2287 * Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
2288 *
2289 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2290 *
2291 * Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
2292 *****************************************************************************/
2293int32_t
2294e1000_check_for_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2295{
2296 uint32_t rxcw = 0;
2297 uint32_t ctrl;
2298 uint32_t status;
2299 uint32_t rctl;
2300 uint32_t icr;
2301 uint32_t signal = 0;
2302 int32_t ret_val;
2303 uint16_t phy_data;
2304
2305 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_for_link");
2306
2307 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2308 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
2309
2310 /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
2311 * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
2312 * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
2313 */
2314 if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
2315 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
2316 rxcw = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW);
2317
2318 if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
2319 signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
2320 if(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
2321 hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
2322 }
2323 }
2324
2325 /* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
2326 * registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
2327 * status has changed. The get_link_status flag will be set if we
2328 * receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
2329 * Errors.
2330 */
2331 if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
2332 /* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
2333 * link. If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
2334 * of the PHY.
2335 * Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
2336 */
2337 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2338 if(ret_val)
2339 return ret_val;
2340 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2341 if(ret_val)
2342 return ret_val;
2343
2344 if(phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
2345 hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
2346 /* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
2347 * link-up */
2348 e1000_check_downshift(hw);
2349
2350 /* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
2351 * are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
2352 * reversal workaround. We disable interrupts first, and upon
2353 * returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
2354 * value except for the link status change interrupt which will
2355 * happen due to the execution of this workaround.
2356 */
2357
2358 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
2359 (!hw->autoneg) &&
2360 (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
2361 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
2362 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
2363 ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
2364 icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
2365 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
2366 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
2367 }
2368
2369 } else {
2370 /* No link detected */
2371 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, FALSE);
2372 return 0;
2373 }
2374
2375 /* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
2376 * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
2377 */
2378 if(!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2379
2380 /* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
2381 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
2382
2383 /* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled. If we
2384 * have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
2385 * Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
2386 * configuration. So we only need to configure Collision
2387 * Distance in the MAC. Otherwise, we need to force
2388 * speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
2389 * settings.
2390 */
2391 if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
2392 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2393 else {
2394 ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
2395 if(ret_val) {
2396 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
2397 return ret_val;
2398 }
2399 }
2400
2401 /* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
2402 * need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
2403 * have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
2404 */
2405 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
2406 if(ret_val) {
2407 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
2408 return ret_val;
2409 }
2410
2411 /* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
2412 * auto-negotiated link. These are conditions for checking the link
2413 * partner capability register. We use the link speed to determine if
2414 * TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off. If the link is not
2415 * at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed. If we are
2416 * at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
2417 */
2418 if(hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
2419 uint16_t speed, duplex;
2420 e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
2421 if(speed != SPEED_1000) {
2422 /* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
2423 * to enable TBI compatibility.
2424 */
2425 if(hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
2426 /* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
2427 rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
2428 rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
2429 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
2430 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
2431 }
2432 } else {
2433 /* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
2434 * compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
2435 * packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
2436 * will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
2437 */
2438 if(!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
2439 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = TRUE;
2440 rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
2441 rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
2442 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
2443 }
2444 }
2445 }
2446 }
2447 /* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
2448 * auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
2449 * link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
2450 * idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
2451 * auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
2452 * in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
2453 */
2454 else if((((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) &&
2455 ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
2456 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
2457 (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
2458 (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
2459 if(hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
2460 hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
2461 return 0;
2462 }
2463 DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\r\n");
2464
2465 /* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
2466 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
2467
2468 /* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
2469 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2470 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
2471 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2472
2473 /* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
2474 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
2475 if(ret_val) {
2476 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
2477 return ret_val;
2478 }
2479 }
2480 /* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
2481 * auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
2482 * Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
2483 * partner.
2484 */
2485 else if(((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
2486 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
2487 (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
2488 DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\r\n");
2489 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, hw->txcw);
2490 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
2491
2492 hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
2493 }
2494 /* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
2495 * based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
2496 */
2497 else if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
2498 !(E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
2499 /* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
2500 udelay(10);
2501 if(E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW)) {
2502 if(!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
2503 hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
2504 DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
2505 }
2506 } else {
2507 hw->serdes_link_down = TRUE;
2508 DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
2509 }
2510 }
2511 if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
2512 (E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
2513 hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS));
2514 }
2515 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2516}
2517
2518/******************************************************************************
2519 * Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
2520 *
2521 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2522 * speed - Speed of the connection
2523 * duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
2524 *****************************************************************************/
2525int32_t
2526e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
2527 uint16_t *speed,
2528 uint16_t *duplex)
2529{
2530 uint32_t status;
2531 int32_t ret_val;
2532 uint16_t phy_data;
2533
2534 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_speed_and_duplex");
2535
2536 if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82543) {
2537 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
2538 if(status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
2539 *speed = SPEED_1000;
2540 DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
2541 } else if(status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
2542 *speed = SPEED_100;
2543 DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
2544 } else {
2545 *speed = SPEED_10;
2546 DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
2547 }
2548
2549 if(status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
2550 *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
2551 DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\r\n");
2552 } else {
2553 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
2554 DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\r\n");
2555 }
2556 } else {
2557 DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\r\n");
2558 *speed = SPEED_1000;
2559 *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
2560 }
2561
2562 /* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
2563 * if it is operating at half duplex. Here we set the duplex settings to
2564 * match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
2565 */
2566 if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
2567 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
2568 if(ret_val)
2569 return ret_val;
2570
2571 if(!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
2572 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
2573 else {
2574 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
2575 if(ret_val)
2576 return ret_val;
2577 if((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
2578 (*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
2579 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
2580 }
2581 }
2582
2583 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2584}
2585
2586/******************************************************************************
2587* Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
2588*
2589* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2590******************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01002591static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002592e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2593{
2594 int32_t ret_val;
2595 uint16_t i;
2596 uint16_t phy_data;
2597
2598 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_wait_autoneg");
2599 DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");
2600
2601 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
2602 for(i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
2603 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
2604 * Complete bit to be set.
2605 */
2606 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2607 if(ret_val)
2608 return ret_val;
2609 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2610 if(ret_val)
2611 return ret_val;
2612 if(phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
2613 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2614 }
2615 msec_delay(100);
2616 }
2617 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2618}
2619
2620/******************************************************************************
2621* Raises the Management Data Clock
2622*
2623* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2624* ctrl - Device control register's current value
2625******************************************************************************/
2626static void
2627e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
2628 uint32_t *ctrl)
2629{
2630 /* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
2631 * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
2632 */
2633 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
2634 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
2635 udelay(10);
2636}
2637
2638/******************************************************************************
2639* Lowers the Management Data Clock
2640*
2641* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2642* ctrl - Device control register's current value
2643******************************************************************************/
2644static void
2645e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
2646 uint32_t *ctrl)
2647{
2648 /* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
2649 * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
2650 */
2651 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
2652 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
2653 udelay(10);
2654}
2655
2656/******************************************************************************
2657* Shifts data bits out to the PHY
2658*
2659* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2660* data - Data to send out to the PHY
2661* count - Number of bits to shift out
2662*
2663* Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
2664******************************************************************************/
2665static void
2666e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
2667 uint32_t data,
2668 uint16_t count)
2669{
2670 uint32_t ctrl;
2671 uint32_t mask;
2672
2673 /* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
2674 * in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
2675 * time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
2676 */
2677 mask = 0x01;
2678 mask <<= (count - 1);
2679
2680 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2681
2682 /* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
2683 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);
2684
2685 while(mask) {
2686 /* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
2687 * then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
2688 * shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
2689 * raising and lowering the clock.
2690 */
2691 if(data & mask) ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
2692 else ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
2693
2694 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2695 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
2696
2697 udelay(10);
2698
2699 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
2700 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
2701
2702 mask = mask >> 1;
2703 }
2704}
2705
2706/******************************************************************************
2707* Shifts data bits in from the PHY
2708*
2709* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2710*
2711* Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
2712******************************************************************************/
2713static uint16_t
2714e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2715{
2716 uint32_t ctrl;
2717 uint16_t data = 0;
2718 uint8_t i;
2719
2720 /* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
2721 * of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
2722 * to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
2723 * These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
2724 * by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
2725 * and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
2726 */
2727 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2728
2729 /* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
2730 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
2731 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
2732
2733 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2734 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
2735
2736 /* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
2737 * the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
2738 * last bit of the Register Address.
2739 */
2740 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
2741 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
2742
2743 for(data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
2744 data = data << 1;
2745 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
2746 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2747 /* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
2748 if(ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO) data |= 1;
2749 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
2750 }
2751
2752 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
2753 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
2754
2755 return data;
2756}
2757
2758/*****************************************************************************
2759* Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
2760* page, sets the page first.
2761* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2762* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
2763******************************************************************************/
2764int32_t
2765e1000_read_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
2766 uint32_t reg_addr,
2767 uint16_t *phy_data)
2768{
2769 uint32_t ret_val;
2770
2771 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg");
2772
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07002773 if((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
2774 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002775 (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
2776 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
2777 (uint16_t)reg_addr);
2778 if(ret_val) {
2779 return ret_val;
2780 }
2781 }
2782
2783 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
2784 phy_data);
2785
2786 return ret_val;
2787}
2788
2789int32_t
2790e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
2791 uint32_t reg_addr,
2792 uint16_t *phy_data)
2793{
2794 uint32_t i;
2795 uint32_t mdic = 0;
2796 const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
2797
2798 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg_ex");
2799
2800 if(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
2801 DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
2802 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
2803 }
2804
2805 if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
2806 /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
2807 * Control register. The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
2808 * PHY to retrieve the desired data.
2809 */
2810 mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
2811 (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
2812 (E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));
2813
2814 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
2815
2816 /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
2817 for(i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
2818 udelay(50);
2819 mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
2820 if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
2821 }
2822 if(!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
2823 DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
2824 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
2825 }
2826 if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
2827 DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
2828 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
2829 }
2830 *phy_data = (uint16_t) mdic;
2831 } else {
2832 /* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
2833 * beginning of an MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
2834 * consecutive "1" bits.
2835 */
2836 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
2837
2838 /* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
2839 * operation. We use this method instead of calling the
2840 * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
2841 * a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
2842 * defined as follows:
2843 * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
2844 * followed by a shift in of 18 bits. This first two bits shifted in
2845 * are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
2846 * READ operation is performed. These two bits are thrown away
2847 * followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
2848 */
2849 mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
2850 (PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));
2851
2852 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);
2853
2854 /* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
2855 * "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
2856 * register address.
2857 */
2858 *phy_data = e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
2859 }
2860 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2861}
2862
2863/******************************************************************************
2864* Writes a value to a PHY register
2865*
2866* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2867* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
2868* data - data to write to the PHY
2869******************************************************************************/
2870int32_t
2871e1000_write_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
2872 uint32_t reg_addr,
2873 uint16_t phy_data)
2874{
2875 uint32_t ret_val;
2876
2877 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg");
2878
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07002879 if((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
2880 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002881 (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
2882 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
2883 (uint16_t)reg_addr);
2884 if(ret_val) {
2885 return ret_val;
2886 }
2887 }
2888
2889 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
2890 phy_data);
2891
2892 return ret_val;
2893}
2894
2895int32_t
2896e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
2897 uint32_t reg_addr,
2898 uint16_t phy_data)
2899{
2900 uint32_t i;
2901 uint32_t mdic = 0;
2902 const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
2903
2904 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg_ex");
2905
2906 if(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
2907 DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
2908 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
2909 }
2910
2911 if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
2912 /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
2913 * for the PHY register in the MDI Control register. The MAC will take
2914 * care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
2915 */
2916 mdic = (((uint32_t) phy_data) |
2917 (reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
2918 (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
2919 (E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));
2920
2921 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
2922
2923 /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
2924 for(i = 0; i < 640; i++) {
2925 udelay(5);
2926 mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
2927 if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
2928 }
2929 if(!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
2930 DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
2931 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
2932 }
2933 } else {
2934 /* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
2935 * out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
2936 * beginning of the MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
2937 * consecutive "1" bits.
2938 */
2939 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
2940
2941 /* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
2942 * write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
2943 * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
2944 * format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
2945 * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
2946 */
2947 mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
2948 (PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
2949 mdic <<= 16;
2950 mdic |= (uint32_t) phy_data;
2951
2952 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
2953 }
2954
2955 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2956}
2957
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07002958
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002959/******************************************************************************
2960* Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
2961*
2962* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2963******************************************************************************/
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07002964int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002965e1000_phy_hw_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2966{
2967 uint32_t ctrl, ctrl_ext;
2968 uint32_t led_ctrl;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07002969 int32_t ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002970
2971 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_hw_reset");
2972
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07002973 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
2974 * simply return success without performing the reset. */
2975 ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
2976 if (ret_val)
2977 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2978
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002979 DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");
2980
2981 if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
2982 /* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
2983 * bit. Then, take it out of reset.
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -05002984 * For pre-e1000_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert
2985 * and deassert. For e1000_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
2986 * for 10ms after the deassertion.
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002987 */
2988 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2989 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
2990 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -05002991
2992 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571)
2993 msec_delay(10);
Jeff Kirsherb55ccb32006-01-12 16:50:30 -08002994 else
2995 udelay(100);
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -05002996
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07002997 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2998 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -05002999
3000 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
3001 msec_delay(10);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003002 } else {
3003 /* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
3004 * bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
3005 */
3006 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
3007 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
3008 ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
3009 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
3010 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3011 msec_delay(10);
3012 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
3013 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
3014 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3015 }
3016 udelay(150);
3017
3018 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
3019 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
3020 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
3021 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
3022 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
3023 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
3024 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003025
3026 /* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
3027 ret_val = e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);
3028
3029 return ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003030}
3031
3032/******************************************************************************
3033* Resets the PHY
3034*
3035* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3036*
3037* Sets bit 15 of the MII Control regiser
3038******************************************************************************/
3039int32_t
3040e1000_phy_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3041{
3042 int32_t ret_val;
3043 uint16_t phy_data;
3044
3045 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset");
3046
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003047 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
3048 * simply return success without performing the reset. */
3049 ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
3050 if (ret_val)
3051 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3052
3053 switch (hw->mac_type) {
3054 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04003055 case e1000_82571:
3056 case e1000_82572:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003057 ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
3058 if(ret_val)
3059 return ret_val;
3060 break;
3061 default:
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003062 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
3063 if(ret_val)
3064 return ret_val;
3065
3066 phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
3067 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
3068 if(ret_val)
3069 return ret_val;
3070
3071 udelay(1);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003072 break;
3073 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003074
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003075 if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003076 e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
3077
3078 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3079}
3080
3081/******************************************************************************
3082* Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
3083*
3084* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3085******************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01003086static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003087e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3088{
3089 int32_t phy_init_status, ret_val;
3090 uint16_t phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
3091 boolean_t match = FALSE;
3092
3093 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_detect_gig_phy");
3094
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04003095 /* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY. In this
3096 * case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done. So
3097 * we explicitly set the PHY values. */
3098 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 ||
3099 hw->mac_type == e1000_82572) {
3100 hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
3101 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_2;
3102 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3103 }
3104
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003105 /* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
3106 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
3107 if(ret_val)
3108 return ret_val;
3109
3110 hw->phy_id = (uint32_t) (phy_id_high << 16);
3111 udelay(20);
3112 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
3113 if(ret_val)
3114 return ret_val;
3115
3116 hw->phy_id |= (uint32_t) (phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
3117 hw->phy_revision = (uint32_t) phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;
3118
3119 switch(hw->mac_type) {
3120 case e1000_82543:
3121 if(hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
3122 break;
3123 case e1000_82544:
3124 if(hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
3125 break;
3126 case e1000_82540:
3127 case e1000_82545:
3128 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
3129 case e1000_82546:
3130 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
3131 if(hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
3132 break;
3133 case e1000_82541:
3134 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
3135 case e1000_82547:
3136 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
3137 if(hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
3138 break;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003139 case e1000_82573:
3140 if(hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
3141 break;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003142 default:
3143 DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
3144 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
3145 }
3146 phy_init_status = e1000_set_phy_type(hw);
3147
3148 if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
3149 DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
3150 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3151 }
3152 DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
3153 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3154}
3155
3156/******************************************************************************
3157* Resets the PHY's DSP
3158*
3159* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3160******************************************************************************/
3161static int32_t
3162e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3163{
3164 int32_t ret_val;
3165 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset_dsp");
3166
3167 do {
3168 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
3169 if(ret_val) break;
3170 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
3171 if(ret_val) break;
3172 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
3173 if(ret_val) break;
3174 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
3175 } while(0);
3176
3177 return ret_val;
3178}
3179
3180/******************************************************************************
3181* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
3182*
3183* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3184* phy_info - PHY information structure
3185******************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01003186static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003187e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3188 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
3189{
3190 int32_t ret_val;
3191 uint16_t phy_data, polarity, min_length, max_length, average;
3192
3193 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_igp_get_info");
3194
3195 /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
3196 * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003197 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003198
3199 /* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
3200 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
3201
3202 /* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
3203 phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
3204
3205 /* Check polarity status */
3206 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
3207 if(ret_val)
3208 return ret_val;
3209
3210 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
3211
3212 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
3213 if(ret_val)
3214 return ret_val;
3215
3216 phy_info->mdix_mode = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
3217 IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT;
3218
3219 if((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
3220 IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
3221 /* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
3222 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
3223 if(ret_val)
3224 return ret_val;
3225
3226 phy_info->local_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
3227 SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
3228 phy_info->remote_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
3229 SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
3230
3231 /* Get cable length */
3232 ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
3233 if(ret_val)
3234 return ret_val;
3235
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003236 /* Translate to old method */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003237 average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;
3238
3239 if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_50)
3240 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50;
3241 else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_80)
3242 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50_80;
3243 else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_110)
3244 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_80_110;
3245 else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_140)
3246 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_110_140;
3247 else
3248 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_140;
3249 }
3250
3251 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3252}
3253
3254/******************************************************************************
3255* Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
3256*
3257* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3258* phy_info - PHY information structure
3259******************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01003260static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003261e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3262 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
3263{
3264 int32_t ret_val;
3265 uint16_t phy_data, polarity;
3266
3267 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_m88_get_info");
3268
3269 /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
3270 * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003271 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003272
3273 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
3274 if(ret_val)
3275 return ret_val;
3276
3277 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
3278 (phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
3279 M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT;
3280 phy_info->polarity_correction =
3281 (phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
3282 M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT;
3283
3284 /* Check polarity status */
3285 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
3286 if(ret_val)
3287 return ret_val;
3288 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
3289
3290 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
3291 if(ret_val)
3292 return ret_val;
3293
3294 phy_info->mdix_mode = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
3295 M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT;
3296
3297 if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
3298 /* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
3299 * are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
3300 */
3301 phy_info->cable_length = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
3302 M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);
3303
3304 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
3305 if(ret_val)
3306 return ret_val;
3307
3308 phy_info->local_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
3309 SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
3310
3311 phy_info->remote_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
3312 SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
3313 }
3314
3315 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3316}
3317
3318/******************************************************************************
3319* Get PHY information from various PHY registers
3320*
3321* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3322* phy_info - PHY information structure
3323******************************************************************************/
3324int32_t
3325e1000_phy_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3326 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
3327{
3328 int32_t ret_val;
3329 uint16_t phy_data;
3330
3331 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_get_info");
3332
3333 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_undefined;
3334 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
3335 phy_info->cable_polarity = e1000_rev_polarity_undefined;
3336 phy_info->downshift = e1000_downshift_undefined;
3337 phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_undefined;
3338 phy_info->mdix_mode = e1000_auto_x_mode_undefined;
3339 phy_info->local_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
3340 phy_info->remote_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
3341
3342 if(hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_copper) {
3343 DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
3344 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
3345 }
3346
3347 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3348 if(ret_val)
3349 return ret_val;
3350
3351 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3352 if(ret_val)
3353 return ret_val;
3354
3355 if((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
3356 DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
3357 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
3358 }
3359
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003360 if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
3361 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003362 return e1000_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
3363 else
3364 return e1000_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
3365}
3366
3367int32_t
3368e1000_validate_mdi_setting(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3369{
3370 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_mdi_settings");
3371
3372 if(!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
3373 DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
3374 hw->mdix = 1;
3375 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
3376 }
3377 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3378}
3379
3380
3381/******************************************************************************
3382 * Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct. Must be called after mac_type
3383 * is configured.
3384 *
3385 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3386 *****************************************************************************/
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003387int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003388e1000_init_eeprom_params(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3389{
3390 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
3391 uint32_t eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003392 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003393 uint16_t eeprom_size;
3394
3395 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_eeprom_params");
3396
3397 switch (hw->mac_type) {
3398 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
3399 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
3400 case e1000_82543:
3401 case e1000_82544:
3402 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
3403 eeprom->word_size = 64;
3404 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
3405 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
3406 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003407 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
3408 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003409 break;
3410 case e1000_82540:
3411 case e1000_82545:
3412 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
3413 case e1000_82546:
3414 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
3415 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
3416 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
3417 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
3418 if(eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
3419 eeprom->word_size = 256;
3420 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
3421 } else {
3422 eeprom->word_size = 64;
3423 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
3424 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003425 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
3426 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003427 break;
3428 case e1000_82541:
3429 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
3430 case e1000_82547:
3431 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
3432 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
3433 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
3434 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
3435 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
3436 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
3437 eeprom->page_size = 32;
3438 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
3439 } else {
3440 eeprom->page_size = 8;
3441 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
3442 }
3443 } else {
3444 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
3445 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
3446 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
3447 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
3448 eeprom->word_size = 256;
3449 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
3450 } else {
3451 eeprom->word_size = 64;
3452 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
3453 }
3454 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003455 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
3456 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
3457 break;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04003458 case e1000_82571:
3459 case e1000_82572:
3460 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
3461 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
3462 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
3463 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
3464 eeprom->page_size = 32;
3465 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
3466 } else {
3467 eeprom->page_size = 8;
3468 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
3469 }
3470 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
3471 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
3472 break;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003473 case e1000_82573:
3474 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
3475 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
3476 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
3477 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
3478 eeprom->page_size = 32;
3479 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
3480 } else {
3481 eeprom->page_size = 8;
3482 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
3483 }
3484 eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
3485 eeprom->use_eewr = TRUE;
3486 if(e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
3487 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_flash;
3488 eeprom->word_size = 2048;
3489
3490 /* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
3491 * Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
3492 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
3493 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3494 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003495 break;
3496 default:
3497 break;
3498 }
3499
3500 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003501 /* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
3502 * 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
3503 */
3504 if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
3505 /* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
3506 eeprom->word_size = 64;
3507 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
3508 if(ret_val)
3509 return ret_val;
3510 eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
3511 /* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
3512 * bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
3513 * is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
3514 if(eeprom_size)
3515 eeprom_size++;
3516 } else {
3517 eeprom_size = (uint16_t)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
3518 E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003519 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003520
3521 eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003522 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003523 return ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003524}
3525
3526/******************************************************************************
3527 * Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
3528 *
3529 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3530 * eecd - EECD's current value
3531 *****************************************************************************/
3532static void
3533e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3534 uint32_t *eecd)
3535{
3536 /* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
3537 * wait <delay> microseconds.
3538 */
3539 *eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
3540 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
3541 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3542 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
3543}
3544
3545/******************************************************************************
3546 * Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
3547 *
3548 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3549 * eecd - EECD's current value
3550 *****************************************************************************/
3551static void
3552e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3553 uint32_t *eecd)
3554{
3555 /* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
3556 * wait 50 microseconds.
3557 */
3558 *eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
3559 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
3560 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3561 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
3562}
3563
3564/******************************************************************************
3565 * Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
3566 *
3567 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3568 * data - data to send to the EEPROM
3569 * count - number of bits to shift out
3570 *****************************************************************************/
3571static void
3572e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3573 uint16_t data,
3574 uint16_t count)
3575{
3576 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
3577 uint32_t eecd;
3578 uint32_t mask;
3579
3580 /* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
3581 * "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
3582 * In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
3583 */
3584 mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
3585 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3586 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
3587 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
3588 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
3589 eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
3590 }
3591 do {
3592 /* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
3593 * and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
3594 * the clock input to the EEPROM). A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
3595 * by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
3596 */
3597 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
3598
3599 if(data & mask)
3600 eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;
3601
3602 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3603 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3604
3605 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
3606
3607 e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
3608 e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
3609
3610 mask = mask >> 1;
3611
3612 } while(mask);
3613
3614 /* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
3615 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
3616 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3617}
3618
3619/******************************************************************************
3620 * Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
3621 *
3622 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3623 *****************************************************************************/
3624static uint16_t
3625e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3626 uint16_t count)
3627{
3628 uint32_t eecd;
3629 uint32_t i;
3630 uint16_t data;
3631
3632 /* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
3633 * bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
3634 * input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
3635 * the "DO" bit. During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
3636 * always be clear.
3637 */
3638
3639 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3640
3641 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
3642 data = 0;
3643
3644 for(i = 0; i < count; i++) {
3645 data = data << 1;
3646 e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
3647
3648 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3649
3650 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
3651 if(eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
3652 data |= 1;
3653
3654 e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
3655 }
3656
3657 return data;
3658}
3659
3660/******************************************************************************
3661 * Prepares EEPROM for access
3662 *
3663 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3664 *
3665 * Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
3666 * function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
3667 *****************************************************************************/
3668static int32_t
3669e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3670{
3671 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
3672 uint32_t eecd, i=0;
3673
3674 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_acquire_eeprom");
3675
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003676 if(e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
3677 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
3678
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003679 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3680
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003681 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573) {
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04003682 /* Request EEPROM Access */
3683 if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
3684 eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003685 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04003686 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3687 while((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
3688 (i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
3689 i++;
3690 udelay(5);
3691 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3692 }
3693 if(!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
3694 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
3695 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3696 DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
3697 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3698 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
3699 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003700 }
3701 }
3702
3703 /* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */
3704
3705 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
3706 /* Clear SK and DI */
3707 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
3708 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3709
3710 /* Set CS */
3711 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
3712 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3713 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
3714 /* Clear SK and CS */
3715 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
3716 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3717 udelay(1);
3718 }
3719
3720 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3721}
3722
3723/******************************************************************************
3724 * Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
3725 *
3726 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3727 *****************************************************************************/
3728static void
3729e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3730{
3731 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
3732 uint32_t eecd;
3733
3734 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3735
3736 if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
3737 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
3738 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3739 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3740 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
3741
3742 /* Clock high */
3743 eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
3744 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3745 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3746 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
3747
3748 /* Select EEPROM */
3749 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
3750 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3751 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3752 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
3753
3754 /* Clock low */
3755 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
3756 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3757 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3758 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
3759 } else if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
3760 /* Toggle CS to flush commands */
3761 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
3762 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3763 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3764 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
3765 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
3766 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3767 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3768 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
3769 }
3770}
3771
3772/******************************************************************************
3773 * Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
3774 *
3775 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3776 *****************************************************************************/
3777static void
3778e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3779{
3780 uint32_t eecd;
3781
3782 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_eeprom");
3783
3784 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3785
3786 if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
3787 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS; /* Pull CS high */
3788 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */
3789
3790 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3791
3792 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
3793 } else if(hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
3794 /* cleanup eeprom */
3795
3796 /* CS on Microwire is active-high */
3797 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);
3798
3799 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3800
3801 /* Rising edge of clock */
3802 eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
3803 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3804 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3805 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
3806
3807 /* Falling edge of clock */
3808 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
3809 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3810 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3811 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
3812 }
3813
3814 /* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
3815 if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
3816 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
3817 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3818 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003819
3820 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003821}
3822
3823/******************************************************************************
3824 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
3825 *
3826 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3827 *****************************************************************************/
3828int32_t
3829e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3830{
3831 uint16_t retry_count = 0;
3832 uint8_t spi_stat_reg;
3833
3834 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_spi_eeprom_ready");
3835
3836 /* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared. The
3837 * EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
3838 * bit 0 of the internal status register. If it's not cleared within
3839 * 5 milliseconds, then error out.
3840 */
3841 retry_count = 0;
3842 do {
3843 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
3844 hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
3845 spi_stat_reg = (uint8_t)e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
3846 if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
3847 break;
3848
3849 udelay(5);
3850 retry_count += 5;
3851
3852 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
3853 } while(retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);
3854
3855 /* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
3856 * only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
3857 */
3858 if(retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
3859 DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
3860 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
3861 }
3862
3863 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3864}
3865
3866/******************************************************************************
3867 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
3868 *
3869 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3870 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
3871 * data - word read from the EEPROM
3872 * words - number of words to read
3873 *****************************************************************************/
3874int32_t
3875e1000_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3876 uint16_t offset,
3877 uint16_t words,
3878 uint16_t *data)
3879{
3880 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
3881 uint32_t i = 0;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003882 int32_t ret_val;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003883
3884 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_eeprom");
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003885
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003886 /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
3887 * enough words.
3888 */
3889 if((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
3890 (words == 0)) {
3891 DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
3892 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
3893 }
3894
Jeff Kirsher4d3518582006-01-12 16:50:48 -08003895 /* FLASH reads without acquiring the semaphore are safe */
3896 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE &&
3897 hw->eeprom.use_eerd == FALSE) {
3898 switch (hw->mac_type) {
3899 default:
3900 /* Prepare the EEPROM for reading */
3901 if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
3902 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
3903 break;
3904 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003905 }
3906
3907 if(eeprom->use_eerd == TRUE) {
3908 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
3909 if ((e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE) ||
3910 (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573))
3911 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
3912 return ret_val;
3913 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07003914
3915 if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
3916 uint16_t word_in;
3917 uint8_t read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;
3918
3919 if(e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
3920 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
3921 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
3922 }
3923
3924 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
3925
3926 /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
3927 if((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
3928 read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
3929
3930 /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
3931 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
3932 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);
3933
3934 /* Read the data. The address of the eeprom internally increments with
3935 * each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
3936 * and tear-down. The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
3937 * the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
3938 * starting from any offset. */
3939 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
3940 word_in = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
3941 data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
3942 }
3943 } else if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
3944 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
3945 /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
3946 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
3947 eeprom->opcode_bits);
3948 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + i),
3949 eeprom->address_bits);
3950
3951 /* Read the data. For microwire, each word requires the overhead
3952 * of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
3953 data[i] = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
3954 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
3955 }
3956 }
3957
3958 /* End this read operation */
3959 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
3960
3961 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3962}
3963
3964/******************************************************************************
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003965 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
3966 *
3967 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3968 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
3969 * data - word read from the EEPROM
3970 * words - number of words to read
3971 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01003972static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07003973e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3974 uint16_t offset,
3975 uint16_t words,
3976 uint16_t *data)
3977{
3978 uint32_t i, eerd = 0;
3979 int32_t error = 0;
3980
3981 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
3982 eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
3983 E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
3984
3985 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EERD, eerd);
3986 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);
3987
3988 if(error) {
3989 break;
3990 }
3991 data[i] = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);
3992
3993 }
3994
3995 return error;
3996}
3997
3998/******************************************************************************
3999 * Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
4000 *
4001 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4002 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
4003 * data - word read from the EEPROM
4004 * words - number of words to read
4005 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004006static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004007e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4008 uint16_t offset,
4009 uint16_t words,
4010 uint16_t *data)
4011{
4012 uint32_t register_value = 0;
4013 uint32_t i = 0;
4014 int32_t error = 0;
4015
4016 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
4017 register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) |
4018 ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) |
4019 E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
4020
4021 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
4022 if(error) {
4023 break;
4024 }
4025
4026 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EEWR, register_value);
4027
4028 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
4029
4030 if(error) {
4031 break;
4032 }
4033 }
4034
4035 return error;
4036}
4037
4038/******************************************************************************
4039 * Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
4040 *
4041 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4042 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004043static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004044e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd)
4045{
4046 uint32_t attempts = 100000;
4047 uint32_t i, reg = 0;
4048 int32_t done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4049
4050 for(i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
4051 if(eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
4052 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD);
4053 else
4054 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEWR);
4055
4056 if(reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
4057 done = E1000_SUCCESS;
4058 break;
4059 }
4060 udelay(5);
4061 }
4062
4063 return done;
4064}
4065
4066/***************************************************************************
4067* Description: Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
4068*
4069* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4070****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004071static boolean_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004072e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4073{
4074 uint32_t eecd = 0;
4075
4076 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
4077 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4078
4079 /* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
4080 eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);
4081
4082 /* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
4083 if(eecd == 0x03) {
4084 return FALSE;
4085 }
4086 }
4087 return TRUE;
4088}
4089
4090/******************************************************************************
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004091 * Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
4092 *
4093 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4094 *
4095 * Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
4096 * If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
4097 * valid.
4098 *****************************************************************************/
4099int32_t
4100e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4101{
4102 uint16_t checksum = 0;
4103 uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
4104
4105 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum");
4106
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004107 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
4108 (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE)) {
4109 /* Check bit 4 of word 10h. If it is 0, firmware is done updating
4110 * 10h-12h. Checksum may need to be fixed. */
4111 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
4112 if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
4113 /* Read 0x23 and check bit 15. This bit is a 1 when the checksum
4114 * has already been fixed. If the checksum is still wrong and this
4115 * bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum. Otherwise, we need
4116 * to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
4117 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
4118 if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
4119 eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
4120 e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
4121 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
4122 }
4123 }
4124 }
4125
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004126 for(i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
4127 if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
4128 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
4129 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4130 }
4131 checksum += eeprom_data;
4132 }
4133
4134 if(checksum == (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM)
4135 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4136 else {
4137 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
4138 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4139 }
4140}
4141
4142/******************************************************************************
4143 * Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
4144 *
4145 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4146 *
4147 * Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
4148 * Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
4149 *****************************************************************************/
4150int32_t
4151e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4152{
4153 uint16_t checksum = 0;
4154 uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
4155
4156 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_eeprom_checksum");
4157
4158 for(i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
4159 if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
4160 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
4161 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4162 }
4163 checksum += eeprom_data;
4164 }
4165 checksum = (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
4166 if(e1000_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
4167 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
4168 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004169 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_flash) {
4170 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004171 }
4172 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4173}
4174
4175/******************************************************************************
4176 * Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
4177 *
4178 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4179 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
4180 * words - number of words to write
4181 * data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
4182 *
4183 * If e1000_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
4184 * EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
4185 *****************************************************************************/
4186int32_t
4187e1000_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4188 uint16_t offset,
4189 uint16_t words,
4190 uint16_t *data)
4191{
4192 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4193 int32_t status = 0;
4194
4195 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom");
4196
4197 /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
4198 * enough words.
4199 */
4200 if((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
4201 (words == 0)) {
4202 DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
4203 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4204 }
4205
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04004206 /* 82573 writes only through eewr */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004207 if(eeprom->use_eewr == TRUE)
4208 return e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);
4209
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004210 /* Prepare the EEPROM for writing */
4211 if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
4212 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4213
4214 if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4215 status = e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
4216 } else {
4217 status = e1000_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
4218 msec_delay(10);
4219 }
4220
4221 /* Done with writing */
4222 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
4223
4224 return status;
4225}
4226
4227/******************************************************************************
4228 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
4229 *
4230 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4231 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
4232 * words - number of words to write
4233 * data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
4234 *
4235 *****************************************************************************/
4236int32_t
4237e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4238 uint16_t offset,
4239 uint16_t words,
4240 uint16_t *data)
4241{
4242 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4243 uint16_t widx = 0;
4244
4245 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_spi");
4246
4247 while (widx < words) {
4248 uint8_t write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;
4249
4250 if(e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4251
4252 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4253
4254 /* Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode ) */
4255 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
4256 eeprom->opcode_bits);
4257
4258 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4259
4260 /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
4261 if((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
4262 write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
4263
4264 /* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
4265 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
4266
4267 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)((offset + widx)*2),
4268 eeprom->address_bits);
4269
4270 /* Send the data */
4271
4272 /* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
4273 while (widx < words) {
4274 uint16_t word_out = data[widx];
4275 word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
4276 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
4277 widx++;
4278
4279 /* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
4280 * operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
4281 * PAGE WRITE operation. Break the inner loop to pass new address
4282 */
4283 if((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
4284 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4285 break;
4286 }
4287 }
4288 }
4289
4290 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4291}
4292
4293/******************************************************************************
4294 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
4295 *
4296 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4297 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
4298 * words - number of words to write
4299 * data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
4300 *
4301 *****************************************************************************/
4302int32_t
4303e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4304 uint16_t offset,
4305 uint16_t words,
4306 uint16_t *data)
4307{
4308 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4309 uint32_t eecd;
4310 uint16_t words_written = 0;
4311 uint16_t i = 0;
4312
4313 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_microwire");
4314
4315 /* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
4316 * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11). It's less work to include
4317 * the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
4318 * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This puts the
4319 * EEPROM into write/erase mode.
4320 */
4321 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
4322 (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
4323
4324 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
4325
4326 /* Prepare the EEPROM */
4327 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4328
4329 while (words_written < words) {
4330 /* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
4331 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
4332 eeprom->opcode_bits);
4333
4334 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + words_written),
4335 eeprom->address_bits);
4336
4337 /* Send the data */
4338 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);
4339
4340 /* Toggle the CS line. This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
4341 * the previous command.
4342 */
4343 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4344
4345 /* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1'). The EEPROM will
4346 * signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
4347 * If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
4348 */
4349 for(i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
4350 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4351 if(eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
4352 udelay(50);
4353 }
4354 if(i == 200) {
4355 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
4356 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4357 }
4358
4359 /* Recover from write */
4360 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4361
4362 words_written++;
4363 }
4364
4365 /* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
4366 * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10). It's less work to include
4367 * the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
4368 * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This takes the
4369 * EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
4370 */
4371 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
4372 (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
4373
4374 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
4375
4376 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4377}
4378
4379/******************************************************************************
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004380 * Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
4381 * in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
4382 * to the new bank.
4383 *
4384 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4385 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
4386 * data - word read from the EEPROM
4387 * words - number of words to read
4388 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004389static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004390e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4391{
4392 uint32_t attempts = 100000;
4393 uint32_t eecd = 0;
4394 uint32_t flop = 0;
4395 uint32_t i = 0;
4396 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
4397
4398 /* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
4399 flop = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FLOP);
4400
4401 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
4402 for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
4403 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4404 if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
4405 break;
4406 }
4407 udelay(5);
4408 }
4409
4410 if (i == attempts) {
4411 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4412 }
4413
4414 /* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
4415 if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
4416 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
4417 }
4418
4419 /* Perform the flash update */
4420 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);
4421
4422 for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
4423 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4424 if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
4425 break;
4426 }
4427 udelay(5);
4428 }
4429
4430 if (i == attempts) {
4431 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4432 }
4433 }
4434
4435 return error;
4436}
4437
4438/******************************************************************************
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004439 * Reads the adapter's part number from the EEPROM
4440 *
4441 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4442 * part_num - Adapter's part number
4443 *****************************************************************************/
4444int32_t
4445e1000_read_part_num(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4446 uint32_t *part_num)
4447{
4448 uint16_t offset = EEPROM_PBA_BYTE_1;
4449 uint16_t eeprom_data;
4450
4451 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_part_num");
4452
4453 /* Get word 0 from EEPROM */
4454 if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
4455 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
4456 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4457 }
4458 /* Save word 0 in upper half of part_num */
4459 *part_num = (uint32_t) (eeprom_data << 16);
4460
4461 /* Get word 1 from EEPROM */
4462 if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, ++offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
4463 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
4464 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4465 }
4466 /* Save word 1 in lower half of part_num */
4467 *part_num |= eeprom_data;
4468
4469 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4470}
4471
4472/******************************************************************************
4473 * Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
4474 * second function of dual function devices
4475 *
4476 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4477 *****************************************************************************/
4478int32_t
4479e1000_read_mac_addr(struct e1000_hw * hw)
4480{
4481 uint16_t offset;
4482 uint16_t eeprom_data, i;
4483
4484 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_mac_addr");
4485
4486 for(i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
4487 offset = i >> 1;
4488 if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
4489 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
4490 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4491 }
4492 hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
4493 hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data >> 8);
4494 }
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04004495 switch (hw->mac_type) {
4496 default:
4497 break;
4498 case e1000_82546:
4499 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
4500 case e1000_82571:
4501 if(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004502 hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04004503 break;
4504 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004505
4506 for(i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
4507 hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
4508 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4509}
4510
4511/******************************************************************************
4512 * Initializes receive address filters.
4513 *
4514 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4515 *
4516 * Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
4517 * of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
4518 * the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
4519 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004520static void
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004521e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4522{
4523 uint32_t i;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004524 uint32_t rar_num;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004525
4526 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_rx_addrs");
4527
4528 /* Setup the receive address. */
4529 DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");
4530
4531 e1000_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);
4532
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004533 rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04004534
4535 /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
4536 * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
4537 * the other port. */
4538 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
4539 rar_num -= 1;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004540 /* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
4541 DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004542 for(i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004543 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
4544 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
4545 }
4546}
4547
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004548#if 0
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004549/******************************************************************************
4550 * Updates the MAC's list of multicast addresses.
4551 *
4552 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4553 * mc_addr_list - the list of new multicast addresses
4554 * mc_addr_count - number of addresses
4555 * pad - number of bytes between addresses in the list
4556 * rar_used_count - offset where to start adding mc addresses into the RAR's
4557 *
4558 * The given list replaces any existing list. Clears the last 15 receive
4559 * address registers and the multicast table. Uses receive address registers
4560 * for the first 15 multicast addresses, and hashes the rest into the
4561 * multicast table.
4562 *****************************************************************************/
4563void
4564e1000_mc_addr_list_update(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4565 uint8_t *mc_addr_list,
4566 uint32_t mc_addr_count,
4567 uint32_t pad,
4568 uint32_t rar_used_count)
4569{
4570 uint32_t hash_value;
4571 uint32_t i;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004572 uint32_t num_rar_entry;
4573 uint32_t num_mta_entry;
4574
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004575 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_mc_addr_list_update");
4576
4577 /* Set the new number of MC addresses that we are being requested to use. */
4578 hw->num_mc_addrs = mc_addr_count;
4579
4580 /* Clear RAR[1-15] */
4581 DEBUGOUT(" Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004582 num_rar_entry = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04004583 /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
4584 * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
4585 * the other port. */
4586 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
4587 num_rar_entry -= 1;
4588
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004589 for(i = rar_used_count; i < num_rar_entry; i++) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004590 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
4591 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
4592 }
4593
4594 /* Clear the MTA */
4595 DEBUGOUT(" Clearing MTA\n");
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004596 num_mta_entry = E1000_NUM_MTA_REGISTERS;
4597 for(i = 0; i < num_mta_entry; i++) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004598 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
4599 }
4600
4601 /* Add the new addresses */
4602 for(i = 0; i < mc_addr_count; i++) {
4603 DEBUGOUT(" Adding the multicast addresses:\n");
4604 DEBUGOUT7(" MC Addr #%d =%.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X\n", i,
4605 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)],
4606 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 1],
4607 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 2],
4608 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 3],
4609 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 4],
4610 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 5]);
4611
4612 hash_value = e1000_hash_mc_addr(hw,
4613 mc_addr_list +
4614 (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)));
4615
4616 DEBUGOUT1(" Hash value = 0x%03X\n", hash_value);
4617
4618 /* Place this multicast address in the RAR if there is room, *
4619 * else put it in the MTA
4620 */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004621 if (rar_used_count < num_rar_entry) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004622 e1000_rar_set(hw,
4623 mc_addr_list + (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)),
4624 rar_used_count);
4625 rar_used_count++;
4626 } else {
4627 e1000_mta_set(hw, hash_value);
4628 }
4629 }
4630 DEBUGOUT("MC Update Complete\n");
4631}
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004632#endif /* 0 */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004633
4634/******************************************************************************
4635 * Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
4636 *
4637 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4638 * mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
4639 *****************************************************************************/
4640uint32_t
4641e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4642 uint8_t *mc_addr)
4643{
4644 uint32_t hash_value = 0;
4645
4646 /* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
4647 * determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
4648 */
4649 switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
4650 /* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
4651 * 01 AA 00 12 34 56
4652 * LSB MSB
4653 */
4654 case 0:
4655 /* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
4656 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
4657 break;
4658 case 1:
4659 /* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
4660 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 5));
4661 break;
4662 case 2:
4663 /* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
4664 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
4665 break;
4666 case 3:
4667 /* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
4668 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 8));
4669 break;
4670 }
4671
4672 hash_value &= 0xFFF;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004673
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004674 return hash_value;
4675}
4676
4677/******************************************************************************
4678 * Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
4679 *
4680 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4681 * hash_value - Multicast address hash value
4682 *****************************************************************************/
4683void
4684e1000_mta_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4685 uint32_t hash_value)
4686{
4687 uint32_t hash_bit, hash_reg;
4688 uint32_t mta;
4689 uint32_t temp;
4690
4691 /* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
4692 * It is treated like an array of 4096 bits. We want to set
4693 * bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
4694 * the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
4695 * back the new value. The register is determined by the
4696 * upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
4697 * register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
4698 */
4699 hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
4700 hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;
4701
4702 mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);
4703
4704 mta |= (1 << hash_bit);
4705
4706 /* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
4707 * in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
4708 * restore the old value after writing.
4709 */
4710 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
4711 temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
4712 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
4713 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
4714 } else {
4715 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
4716 }
4717}
4718
4719/******************************************************************************
4720 * Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
4721 *
4722 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4723 * addr - Address to put into receive address register
4724 * index - Receive address register to write
4725 *****************************************************************************/
4726void
4727e1000_rar_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4728 uint8_t *addr,
4729 uint32_t index)
4730{
4731 uint32_t rar_low, rar_high;
4732
4733 /* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
4734 * from network order (big endian) to little endian
4735 */
4736 rar_low = ((uint32_t) addr[0] |
4737 ((uint32_t) addr[1] << 8) |
4738 ((uint32_t) addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t) addr[3] << 24));
4739
4740 rar_high = ((uint32_t) addr[4] | ((uint32_t) addr[5] << 8) | E1000_RAH_AV);
4741
4742 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
4743 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
4744}
4745
4746/******************************************************************************
4747 * Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
4748 *
4749 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4750 * offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
4751 * value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
4752 *****************************************************************************/
4753void
4754e1000_write_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4755 uint32_t offset,
4756 uint32_t value)
4757{
4758 uint32_t temp;
4759
4760 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
4761 temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
4762 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
4763 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
4764 } else {
4765 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
4766 }
4767}
4768
4769/******************************************************************************
4770 * Clears the VLAN filer table
4771 *
4772 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4773 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004774static void
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004775e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4776{
4777 uint32_t offset;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004778 uint32_t vfta_value = 0;
4779 uint32_t vfta_offset = 0;
4780 uint32_t vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004781
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07004782 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
4783 if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
4784 /* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
4785 * ID. The following operations determine which 32b entry
4786 * (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
4787 * (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
4788 vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
4789 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
4790 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
4791 vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
4792 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
4793 }
4794 }
4795 for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
4796 /* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
4797 * manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
4798 * manageability unit */
4799 vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
4800 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
4801 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004802}
4803
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01004804static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07004805e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw)
4806{
4807 uint32_t ledctl;
4808 const uint32_t ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
4809 const uint32_t ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
4810 const uint32_t ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
4811 uint16_t eeprom_data, i, temp;
4812 const uint16_t led_mask = 0x0F;
4813
4814 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_init");
4815
4816 if(hw->mac_type < e1000_82540) {
4817 /* Nothing to do */
4818 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4819 }
4820
4821 ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
4822 hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
4823 hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
4824 hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;
4825
4826 if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
4827 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
4828 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4829 }
4830 if((eeprom_data== ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
4831 (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
4832 for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
4833 temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
4834 switch(temp) {
4835 case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
4836 case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
4837 case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
4838 hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
4839 hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
4840 break;
4841 case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
4842 case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
4843 case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
4844 hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
4845 hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
4846 break;
4847 default:
4848 /* Do nothing */
4849 break;
4850 }
4851 switch(temp) {
4852 case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
4853 case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
4854 case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
4855 hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
4856 hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
4857 break;
4858 case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
4859 case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
4860 case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
4861 hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
4862 hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
4863 break;
4864 default:
4865 /* Do nothing */
4866 break;
4867 }
4868 }
4869 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4870}
4871
4872/******************************************************************************
4873 * Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
4874 *
4875 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4876 *****************************************************************************/
4877int32_t
4878e1000_setup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4879{
4880 uint32_t ledctl;
4881 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
4882
4883 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_led");
4884
4885 switch(hw->mac_type) {
4886 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
4887 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
4888 case e1000_82543:
4889 case e1000_82544:
4890 /* No setup necessary */
4891 break;
4892 case e1000_82541:
4893 case e1000_82547:
4894 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
4895 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
4896 /* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
4897 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
4898 &hw->phy_spd_default);
4899 if(ret_val)
4900 return ret_val;
4901 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
4902 (uint16_t)(hw->phy_spd_default &
4903 ~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
4904 if(ret_val)
4905 return ret_val;
4906 /* Fall Through */
4907 default:
4908 if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
4909 ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
4910 /* Save current LEDCTL settings */
4911 hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
4912 /* Turn off LED0 */
4913 ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
4914 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
4915 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
4916 ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
4917 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
4918 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl);
4919 } else if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
4920 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
4921 break;
4922 }
4923
4924 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4925}
4926
4927/******************************************************************************
4928 * Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
4929 *
4930 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4931 *****************************************************************************/
4932int32_t
4933e1000_cleanup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4934{
4935 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
4936
4937 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_cleanup_led");
4938
4939 switch(hw->mac_type) {
4940 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
4941 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
4942 case e1000_82543:
4943 case e1000_82544:
4944 /* No cleanup necessary */
4945 break;
4946 case e1000_82541:
4947 case e1000_82547:
4948 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
4949 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
4950 /* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
4951 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
4952 hw->phy_spd_default);
4953 if(ret_val)
4954 return ret_val;
4955 /* Fall Through */
4956 default:
4957 /* Restore LEDCTL settings */
4958 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
4959 break;
4960 }
4961
4962 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4963}
4964
4965/******************************************************************************
4966 * Turns on the software controllable LED
4967 *
4968 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4969 *****************************************************************************/
4970int32_t
4971e1000_led_on(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4972{
4973 uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
4974
4975 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_on");
4976
4977 switch(hw->mac_type) {
4978 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
4979 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
4980 case e1000_82543:
4981 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
4982 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
4983 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
4984 break;
4985 case e1000_82544:
4986 if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
4987 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
4988 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
4989 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
4990 } else {
4991 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
4992 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
4993 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
4994 }
4995 break;
4996 default:
4997 if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
4998 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
4999 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
5000 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
5001 } else if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
5002 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
5003 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5004 }
5005 break;
5006 }
5007
5008 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
5009
5010 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5011}
5012
5013/******************************************************************************
5014 * Turns off the software controllable LED
5015 *
5016 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5017 *****************************************************************************/
5018int32_t
5019e1000_led_off(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5020{
5021 uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
5022
5023 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_off");
5024
5025 switch(hw->mac_type) {
5026 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
5027 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
5028 case e1000_82543:
5029 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
5030 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
5031 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
5032 break;
5033 case e1000_82544:
5034 if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
5035 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
5036 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
5037 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
5038 } else {
5039 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
5040 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
5041 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
5042 }
5043 break;
5044 default:
5045 if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
5046 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
5047 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
5048 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
5049 } else if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
5050 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
5051 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5052 }
5053 break;
5054 }
5055
5056 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
5057
5058 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5059}
5060
5061/******************************************************************************
5062 * Clears all hardware statistics counters.
5063 *
5064 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5065 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005066static void
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005067e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5068{
5069 volatile uint32_t temp;
5070
5071 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CRCERRS);
5072 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SYMERRS);
5073 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPC);
5074 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SCC);
5075 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ECOL);
5076 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MCC);
5077 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LATECOL);
5078 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, COLC);
5079 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, DC);
5080 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SEC);
5081 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RLEC);
5082 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONRXC);
5083 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONTXC);
5084 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFRXC);
5085 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFTXC);
5086 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FCRUC);
5087 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC64);
5088 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC127);
5089 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC255);
5090 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC511);
5091 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1023);
5092 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1522);
5093 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPRC);
5094 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPRC);
5095 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPRC);
5096 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPTC);
5097 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCL);
5098 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCH);
5099 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCL);
5100 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCH);
5101 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RNBC);
5102 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RUC);
5103 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RFC);
5104 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ROC);
5105 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RJC);
5106 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORL);
5107 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORH);
5108 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTL);
5109 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTH);
5110 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPR);
5111 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPT);
5112 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC64);
5113 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC127);
5114 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC255);
5115 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC511);
5116 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1023);
5117 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1522);
5118 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPTC);
5119 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPTC);
5120
5121 if(hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) return;
5122
5123 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ALGNERRC);
5124 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXERRC);
5125 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TNCRS);
5126 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CEXTERR);
5127 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTC);
5128 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTFC);
5129
5130 if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82544) return;
5131
5132 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPRC);
5133 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPDC);
5134 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPTC);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005135
5136 if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) return;
5137
5138 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, IAC);
5139 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXOC);
5140 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXPTC);
5141 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXATC);
5142 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXPTC);
5143 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXATC);
5144 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQEC);
5145 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQMTC);
5146 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXDMTC);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005147}
5148
5149/******************************************************************************
5150 * Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
5151 *
5152 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5153 *
5154 * Call this after e1000_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
5155 * hw->ifs_params_forced to TRUE. However, you must initialize hw->
5156 * current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
5157 * before calling this function.
5158 *****************************************************************************/
5159void
5160e1000_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5161{
5162 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_adaptive");
5163
5164 if(hw->adaptive_ifs) {
5165 if(!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
5166 hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
5167 hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
5168 hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
5169 hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
5170 hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
5171 }
5172 hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
5173 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
5174 } else {
5175 DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
5176 }
5177}
5178
5179/******************************************************************************
5180 * Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
5181 * the ratio of transmits to collisions.
5182 *
5183 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5184 * tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
5185 * total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
5186 *****************************************************************************/
5187void
5188e1000_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5189{
5190 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_adaptive");
5191
5192 if(hw->adaptive_ifs) {
5193 if((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
5194 if(hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
5195 hw->in_ifs_mode = TRUE;
5196 if(hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
5197 if(hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
5198 hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
5199 else
5200 hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
5201 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
5202 }
5203 }
5204 } else {
5205 if(hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
5206 hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
5207 hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
5208 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
5209 }
5210 }
5211 } else {
5212 DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
5213 }
5214}
5215
5216/******************************************************************************
5217 * Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
5218 *
5219 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5220 * frame_len - The length of the frame in question
5221 * mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
5222 *****************************************************************************/
5223void
5224e1000_tbi_adjust_stats(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5225 struct e1000_hw_stats *stats,
5226 uint32_t frame_len,
5227 uint8_t *mac_addr)
5228{
5229 uint64_t carry_bit;
5230
5231 /* First adjust the frame length. */
5232 frame_len--;
5233 /* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
5234 * counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
5235 * the packet as a good packet
5236 */
5237 /* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error. */
5238 stats->crcerrs--;
5239 /* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received. */
5240 stats->gprc++;
5241
5242 /* Adjust the Good Octets received counters */
5243 carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
5244 stats->gorcl += frame_len;
5245 /* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
5246 * Received Count) was one before the addition,
5247 * AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
5248 * need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
5249 * This could be simplified if all environments supported
5250 * 64-bit integers.
5251 */
5252 if(carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
5253 stats->gorch++;
5254 /* Is this a broadcast or multicast? Check broadcast first,
5255 * since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
5256 * a broadcast frame.
5257 */
5258 if((mac_addr[0] == (uint8_t) 0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (uint8_t) 0xff))
5259 /* Broadcast packet */
5260 stats->bprc++;
5261 else if(*mac_addr & 0x01)
5262 /* Multicast packet */
5263 stats->mprc++;
5264
5265 if(frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
5266 /* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
5267 * oversize frames.
5268 */
5269 if(stats->roc > 0)
5270 stats->roc--;
5271 }
5272
5273 /* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
5274 * wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
5275 */
5276 if(frame_len == 64) {
5277 stats->prc64++;
5278 stats->prc127--;
5279 } else if(frame_len == 127) {
5280 stats->prc127++;
5281 stats->prc255--;
5282 } else if(frame_len == 255) {
5283 stats->prc255++;
5284 stats->prc511--;
5285 } else if(frame_len == 511) {
5286 stats->prc511++;
5287 stats->prc1023--;
5288 } else if(frame_len == 1023) {
5289 stats->prc1023++;
5290 stats->prc1522--;
5291 } else if(frame_len == 1522) {
5292 stats->prc1522++;
5293 }
5294}
5295
5296/******************************************************************************
5297 * Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
5298 *
5299 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5300 *****************************************************************************/
5301void
5302e1000_get_bus_info(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5303{
5304 uint32_t status;
5305
5306 switch (hw->mac_type) {
5307 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
5308 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
5309 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_unknown;
5310 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_unknown;
5311 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
5312 break;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04005313 case e1000_82572:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005314 case e1000_82573:
5315 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
5316 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -05005317 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_1;
5318 break;
5319 case e1000_82571:
5320 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
5321 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005322 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_4;
5323 break;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005324 default:
5325 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
5326 hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
5327 e1000_bus_type_pcix : e1000_bus_type_pci;
5328
5329 if(hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
5330 hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) ?
5331 e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_120;
5332 } else if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) {
5333 hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
5334 e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_33;
5335 } else {
5336 switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
5337 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
5338 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_66;
5339 break;
5340 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
5341 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_100;
5342 break;
5343 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
5344 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_133;
5345 break;
5346 default:
5347 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_reserved;
5348 break;
5349 }
5350 }
5351 hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
5352 e1000_bus_width_64 : e1000_bus_width_32;
5353 break;
5354 }
5355}
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005356
5357#if 0
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005358/******************************************************************************
5359 * Reads a value from one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed
5360 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
5361 *
5362 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5363 * offset - offset to read from
5364 *****************************************************************************/
5365uint32_t
5366e1000_read_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5367 uint32_t offset)
5368{
5369 unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
5370 unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
5371
5372 e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
5373 return e1000_io_read(hw, io_data);
5374}
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005375#endif /* 0 */
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005376
5377/******************************************************************************
5378 * Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
5379 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
5380 *
5381 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5382 * offset - offset to write to
5383 * value - value to write
5384 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005385static void
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005386e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5387 uint32_t offset,
5388 uint32_t value)
5389{
5390 unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
5391 unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
5392
5393 e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
5394 e1000_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
5395}
5396
5397
5398/******************************************************************************
5399 * Estimates the cable length.
5400 *
5401 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5402 * min_length - The estimated minimum length
5403 * max_length - The estimated maximum length
5404 *
5405 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
5406 * E1000_SUCCESS
5407 *
5408 * This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
5409 * So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
5410 * register to the minimum and maximum range.
5411 * For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
5412 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005413static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005414e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5415 uint16_t *min_length,
5416 uint16_t *max_length)
5417{
5418 int32_t ret_val;
5419 uint16_t agc_value = 0;
5420 uint16_t cur_agc, min_agc = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04005421 uint16_t max_agc = 0;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005422 uint16_t i, phy_data;
5423 uint16_t cable_length;
5424
5425 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_cable_length");
5426
5427 *min_length = *max_length = 0;
5428
5429 /* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
5430 if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005431
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005432 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
5433 &phy_data);
5434 if(ret_val)
5435 return ret_val;
5436 cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
5437 M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;
5438
5439 /* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
5440 switch (cable_length) {
5441 case e1000_cable_length_50:
5442 *min_length = 0;
5443 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
5444 break;
5445 case e1000_cable_length_50_80:
5446 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
5447 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
5448 break;
5449 case e1000_cable_length_80_110:
5450 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
5451 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
5452 break;
5453 case e1000_cable_length_110_140:
5454 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
5455 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
5456 break;
5457 case e1000_cable_length_140:
5458 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
5459 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_170;
5460 break;
5461 default:
5462 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
5463 break;
5464 }
5465 } else if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
5466 uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
5467 {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
5468 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
5469 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
5470 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
5471 /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
5472 for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
5473
5474 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
5475 if(ret_val)
5476 return ret_val;
5477
5478 cur_agc = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;
5479
5480 /* Array bound check. */
5481 if((cur_agc >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
5482 (cur_agc == 0))
5483 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
5484
5485 agc_value += cur_agc;
5486
5487 /* Update minimal AGC value. */
5488 if(min_agc > cur_agc)
5489 min_agc = cur_agc;
5490 }
5491
5492 /* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
5493 if(agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
5494 agc_value -= min_agc;
5495
5496 /* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
5497 agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
5498 } else {
5499 /* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
5500 agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
5501 }
5502
5503 /* Set the range of the calculated length. */
5504 *min_length = ((e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
5505 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
5506 (e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
5507 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
5508 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
5509 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04005510 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
5511 uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
5512 {IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
5513 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
5514 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
5515 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
5516 /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
5517 for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
5518 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
5519 if (ret_val)
5520 return ret_val;
5521
5522 /* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination of course and
5523 * fine gain values. The result is a number that can be put into
5524 * the lookup table to obtain the approximate cable length. */
5525 cur_agc = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
5526 IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;
5527
5528 /* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
5529 if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc] > e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc])
5530 min_agc = cur_agc;
5531 if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc] < e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc])
5532 max_agc = cur_agc;
5533
5534 agc_value += e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc];
5535 }
5536
5537 agc_value -= (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc] + e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc]);
5538 agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);
5539
5540 /* Calculate cable length with the error range of +/- 10 meters. */
5541 *min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
5542 (agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
5543 *max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005544 }
5545
5546 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5547}
5548
5549/******************************************************************************
5550 * Check the cable polarity
5551 *
5552 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5553 * polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
5554 * 1 - Polarity is reversed.
5555 *
5556 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
5557 * E1000_SUCCESS
5558 *
5559 * For phy's older then IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
5560 * Phy Status register. For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
5561 * 10 Mbps. If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
5562 * return 0. If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
5563 * IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
5564 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005565static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005566e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5567 uint16_t *polarity)
5568{
5569 int32_t ret_val;
5570 uint16_t phy_data;
5571
5572 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_polarity");
5573
5574 if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
5575 /* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
5576 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
5577 &phy_data);
5578 if(ret_val)
5579 return ret_val;
5580 *polarity = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
5581 M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005582 } else if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
5583 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005584 /* Read the Status register to check the speed */
5585 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
5586 &phy_data);
5587 if(ret_val)
5588 return ret_val;
5589
5590 /* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
5591 * find the polarity status */
5592 if((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
5593 IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
5594
5595 /* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
5596 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
5597 &phy_data);
5598 if(ret_val)
5599 return ret_val;
5600
5601 /* Check the polarity bits */
5602 *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ? 1 : 0;
5603 } else {
5604 /* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
5605 * 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
5606 *polarity = phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED;
5607 }
5608 }
5609 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5610}
5611
5612/******************************************************************************
5613 * Check if Downshift occured
5614 *
5615 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5616 * downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
5617 * 1 - Downshift ocured.
5618 *
5619 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
5620 * E1000_SUCCESS
5621 *
5622 * For phy's older then IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
5623 * Specific Status register. For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
5624 * Link Health register. In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
5625 * read it immediately after link is established.
5626 *****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005627static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005628e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5629{
5630 int32_t ret_val;
5631 uint16_t phy_data;
5632
5633 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_downshift");
5634
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005635 if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
5636 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005637 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
5638 &phy_data);
5639 if(ret_val)
5640 return ret_val;
5641
5642 hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
5643 } else if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
5644 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
5645 &phy_data);
5646 if(ret_val)
5647 return ret_val;
5648
5649 hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
5650 M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
5651 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005652
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005653 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5654}
5655
5656/*****************************************************************************
5657 *
5658 * 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
5659 * gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
5660 *
5661 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5662 *
5663 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
5664 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
5665 *
5666 ****************************************************************************/
5667
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005668static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005669e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5670 boolean_t link_up)
5671{
5672 int32_t ret_val;
5673 uint16_t phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
5674 uint16_t dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
5675 {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
5676 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
5677 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
5678 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
5679 uint16_t min_length, max_length;
5680
5681 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change");
5682
5683 if(hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp)
5684 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5685
5686 if(link_up) {
5687 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
5688 if(ret_val) {
5689 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
5690 return ret_val;
5691 }
5692
5693 if(speed == SPEED_1000) {
5694
5695 e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
5696
5697 if((hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_enabled) &&
5698 min_length >= e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
5699
5700 for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
5701 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
5702 &phy_data);
5703 if(ret_val)
5704 return ret_val;
5705
5706 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
5707
5708 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
5709 phy_data);
5710 if(ret_val)
5711 return ret_val;
5712 }
5713 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_activated;
5714 }
5715
5716 if((hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_enabled) &&
5717 (min_length < e1000_igp_cable_length_50)) {
5718
5719 uint16_t ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
5720 uint32_t idle_errs = 0;
5721
5722 /* clear previous idle error counts */
5723 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
5724 &phy_data);
5725 if(ret_val)
5726 return ret_val;
5727
5728 for(i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
5729 udelay(1000);
5730 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
5731 &phy_data);
5732 if(ret_val)
5733 return ret_val;
5734
5735 idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
5736 if(idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
5737 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_active;
5738
5739 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
5740 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
5741 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
5742 if(ret_val)
5743 return ret_val;
5744 break;
5745 }
5746
5747 if(idle_errs)
5748 ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
5749 }
5750 }
5751 }
5752 } else {
5753 if(hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated) {
5754 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
5755 * the end of the routines. */
5756 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
5757
5758 if(ret_val)
5759 return ret_val;
5760
5761 /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
5762 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
5763
5764 if(ret_val)
5765 return ret_val;
5766
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005767 msec_delay_irq(20);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005768
5769 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
5770 IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
5771 if(ret_val)
5772 return ret_val;
5773 for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
5774 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
5775 if(ret_val)
5776 return ret_val;
5777
5778 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
5779 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;
5780
5781 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
5782 if(ret_val)
5783 return ret_val;
5784 }
5785
5786 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
5787 IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
5788 if(ret_val)
5789 return ret_val;
5790
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005791 msec_delay_irq(20);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005792
5793 /* Now enable the transmitter */
5794 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
5795
5796 if(ret_val)
5797 return ret_val;
5798
5799 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
5800 }
5801
5802 if(hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active) {
5803 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
5804 * the end of the routines. */
5805 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
5806
5807 if(ret_val)
5808 return ret_val;
5809
5810 /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
5811 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
5812
5813 if(ret_val)
5814 return ret_val;
5815
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005816 msec_delay_irq(20);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005817
5818 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
5819 IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
5820 if(ret_val)
5821 return ret_val;
5822 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
5823 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
5824 if(ret_val)
5825 return ret_val;
5826
5827 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
5828 IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
5829 if(ret_val)
5830 return ret_val;
5831
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005832 msec_delay_irq(20);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005833
5834 /* Now enable the transmitter */
5835 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
5836
5837 if(ret_val)
5838 return ret_val;
5839
5840 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
5841 }
5842 }
5843 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5844}
5845
5846/*****************************************************************************
5847 * Set PHY to class A mode
5848 * Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
5849 * 1. Do a PHY soft reset
5850 * 2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
5851 *
5852 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5853 ****************************************************************************/
5854static int32_t
5855e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5856{
5857 int32_t ret_val;
5858 uint16_t eeprom_data;
5859
5860 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_mode");
5861
5862 if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) &&
5863 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
5864 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
5865 if(ret_val) {
5866 return ret_val;
5867 }
5868
5869 if((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
5870 (eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
5871 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
5872 if(ret_val)
5873 return ret_val;
5874 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
5875 if(ret_val)
5876 return ret_val;
5877
5878 hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
5879 }
5880 }
5881
5882 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5883}
5884
5885/*****************************************************************************
5886 *
5887 * This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag. When
5888 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
5889 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
5890 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
5891 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5892 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
5893 *
5894 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
5895 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
5896 *
5897 ****************************************************************************/
5898
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01005899static int32_t
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005900e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5901 boolean_t active)
5902{
5903 int32_t ret_val;
5904 uint16_t phy_data;
5905 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d3_lplu_state");
5906
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005907 if(hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_2)
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005908 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5909
5910 /* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
5911 * from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
5912 * Dx transitions and states */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005913 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
5914 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005915 if(ret_val)
5916 return ret_val;
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005917 } else {
5918 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
5919 if(ret_val)
5920 return ret_val;
5921 }
5922
5923 if(!active) {
5924 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
5925 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
5926 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
5927 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
5928 if(ret_val)
5929 return ret_val;
5930 } else {
5931 phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
5932 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
5933 phy_data);
5934 if (ret_val)
5935 return ret_val;
5936 }
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005937
5938 /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
5939 * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
5940 * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
5941 * maintained. */
5942 if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
5943 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
5944 &phy_data);
5945 if(ret_val)
5946 return ret_val;
5947
5948 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
5949 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
5950 phy_data);
5951 if(ret_val)
5952 return ret_val;
5953 } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
5954 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
5955 &phy_data);
5956 if (ret_val)
5957 return ret_val;
5958
5959 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
5960 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
5961 phy_data);
5962 if(ret_val)
5963 return ret_val;
5964 }
5965
5966 } else if((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
5967 (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
5968 (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {
5969
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005970 if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
5971 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
5972 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
5973 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
5974 if(ret_val)
5975 return ret_val;
5976 } else {
5977 phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
5978 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
5979 phy_data);
5980 if (ret_val)
5981 return ret_val;
5982 }
5983
5984 /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
5985 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07005986 if(ret_val)
5987 return ret_val;
5988
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07005989 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
5990 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
5991 if(ret_val)
5992 return ret_val;
5993
5994 }
5995 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5996}
5997
5998/*****************************************************************************
5999 *
6000 * This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag. When
6001 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
6002 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
6003 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
6004 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6005 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
6006 *
6007 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
6008 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
6009 *
6010 ****************************************************************************/
6011
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006012static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006013e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6014 boolean_t active)
6015{
6016 int32_t ret_val;
6017 uint16_t phy_data;
6018 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d0_lplu_state");
6019
6020 if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2)
6021 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6022
6023 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
6024 if(ret_val)
6025 return ret_val;
6026
6027 if (!active) {
6028 phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
6029 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
6030 if (ret_val)
6031 return ret_val;
6032
6033 /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
6034 * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
6035 * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
6036 * maintained. */
6037 if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
6038 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
6039 &phy_data);
6040 if(ret_val)
6041 return ret_val;
6042
6043 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
6044 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
6045 phy_data);
6046 if(ret_val)
6047 return ret_val;
6048 } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
6049 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
6050 &phy_data);
6051 if (ret_val)
6052 return ret_val;
6053
6054 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
6055 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
6056 phy_data);
6057 if(ret_val)
6058 return ret_val;
6059 }
6060
6061
6062 } else {
6063
6064 phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
6065 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
6066 if (ret_val)
6067 return ret_val;
6068
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006069 /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
6070 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
6071 if(ret_val)
6072 return ret_val;
6073
6074 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
6075 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
6076 if(ret_val)
6077 return ret_val;
6078
6079 }
6080 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6081}
6082
6083/******************************************************************************
6084 * Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
6085 *
6086 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6087 *****************************************************************************/
6088static int32_t
6089e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6090{
6091 int32_t ret_val;
6092 uint16_t default_page = 0;
6093 uint16_t phy_data;
6094
6095 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_vco_speed");
6096
6097 switch(hw->mac_type) {
6098 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
6099 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
6100 break;
6101 default:
6102 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6103 }
6104
6105 /* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */
6106
6107 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
6108 if(ret_val)
6109 return ret_val;
6110
6111 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
6112 if(ret_val)
6113 return ret_val;
6114
6115 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
6116 if(ret_val)
6117 return ret_val;
6118
6119 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
6120 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
6121 if(ret_val)
6122 return ret_val;
6123
6124 /* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */
6125
6126 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
6127 if(ret_val)
6128 return ret_val;
6129
6130 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
6131 if(ret_val)
6132 return ret_val;
6133
6134 phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
6135 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
6136 if(ret_val)
6137 return ret_val;
6138
6139 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
6140 if(ret_val)
6141 return ret_val;
6142
6143 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6144}
6145
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006146
6147/*****************************************************************************
6148 * This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
6149 *
6150 * returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
6151 ****************************************************************************/
6152int32_t
6153e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer)
6154{
6155 uint8_t i;
6156 uint32_t offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET;
6157 uint8_t length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;
6158
6159 length = (length >> 2);
6160 offset = (offset >> 2);
6161
6162 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
6163 *((uint32_t *) buffer + i) =
6164 E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
6165 }
6166 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6167}
6168
6169
6170/*****************************************************************************
6171 * This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
6172 * and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
6173 * It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
6174 *
6175 * returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or
6176 * timeout
6177 * - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
6178 ****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006179static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006180e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw * hw)
6181{
6182 uint32_t hicr;
6183 uint8_t i;
6184
6185 /* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
6186 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
6187 if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
6188 DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
6189 return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
6190 }
6191 /* check the previous command is completed */
6192 for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
6193 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
6194 if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
6195 break;
6196 msec_delay_irq(1);
6197 }
6198
6199 if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) {
6200 DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
6201 return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
6202 }
6203 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6204}
6205
6206/*****************************************************************************
6207 * This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
6208 * It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
6209 * Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
6210 *
6211 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
6212 ****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006213static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006214e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
6215 uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum)
6216{
6217 uint8_t *tmp;
6218 uint8_t *bufptr = buffer;
6219 uint32_t data;
6220 uint16_t remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;
6221
6222 /* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */
6223
6224 if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
6225 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
6226 }
6227
6228 tmp = (uint8_t *)&data;
6229 prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
6230 offset &= 0xFFFC;
6231 offset >>= 2;
6232
6233 if (prev_bytes) {
6234 data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
6235 for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
6236 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
6237 *sum += *(tmp + j);
6238 }
6239 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
6240 length -= j - prev_bytes;
6241 offset++;
6242 }
6243
6244 remaining = length & 0x3;
6245 length -= remaining;
6246
6247 /* Calculate length in DWORDs */
6248 length >>= 2;
6249
6250 /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
6251 * ram area. */
6252 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
6253 for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
6254 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
6255 *sum += *(tmp + j);
6256 }
6257
6258 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
6259 }
6260 if (remaining) {
6261 for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
6262 if (j < remaining)
6263 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
6264 else
6265 *(tmp + j) = 0;
6266
6267 *sum += *(tmp + j);
6268 }
6269 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
6270 }
6271
6272 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6273}
6274
6275
6276/*****************************************************************************
6277 * This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
6278 *
6279 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
6280 ****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006281static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006282e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw * hw,
6283 struct e1000_host_mng_command_header * hdr)
6284{
6285 uint16_t i;
6286 uint8_t sum;
6287 uint8_t *buffer;
6288
6289 /* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
6290 * the buffer */
6291
6292 uint16_t length = sizeof(struct e1000_host_mng_command_header);
6293
6294 sum = hdr->checksum;
6295 hdr->checksum = 0;
6296
6297 buffer = (uint8_t *) hdr;
6298 i = length;
6299 while(i--)
6300 sum += buffer[i];
6301
6302 hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;
6303
6304 length >>= 2;
6305 /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
6306 for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
6307 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((uint32_t *) hdr + i));
6308
6309 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6310}
6311
6312
6313/*****************************************************************************
6314 * This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
6315 * one write operation by the driver.
6316 *
6317 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
6318 ****************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006319static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006320e1000_mng_write_commit(
6321 struct e1000_hw * hw)
6322{
6323 uint32_t hicr;
6324
6325 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
6326 /* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
6327 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);
6328
6329 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6330}
6331
6332
6333/*****************************************************************************
6334 * This function checks the mode of the firmware.
6335 *
6336 * returns - TRUE when the mode is IAMT or FALSE.
6337 ****************************************************************************/
6338boolean_t
6339e1000_check_mng_mode(
6340 struct e1000_hw *hw)
6341{
6342 uint32_t fwsm;
6343
6344 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
6345
6346 if((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
6347 (E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
6348 return TRUE;
6349
6350 return FALSE;
6351}
6352
6353
6354/*****************************************************************************
6355 * This function writes the dhcp info .
6356 ****************************************************************************/
6357int32_t
6358e1000_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
6359 uint16_t length)
6360{
6361 int32_t ret_val;
6362 struct e1000_host_mng_command_header hdr;
6363
6364 hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
6365 hdr.command_length = length;
6366 hdr.reserved1 = 0;
6367 hdr.reserved2 = 0;
6368 hdr.checksum = 0;
6369
6370 ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
6371 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
6372 ret_val = e1000_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
6373 &(hdr.checksum));
6374 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
6375 ret_val = e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
6376 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
6377 ret_val = e1000_mng_write_commit(hw);
6378 }
6379 }
6380 return ret_val;
6381}
6382
6383
6384/*****************************************************************************
6385 * This function calculates the checksum.
6386 *
6387 * returns - checksum of buffer contents.
6388 ****************************************************************************/
6389uint8_t
6390e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length)
6391{
6392 uint8_t sum = 0;
6393 uint32_t i;
6394
6395 if (!buffer)
6396 return 0;
6397
6398 for (i=0; i < length; i++)
6399 sum += buffer[i];
6400
6401 return (uint8_t) (0 - sum);
6402}
6403
6404/*****************************************************************************
6405 * This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
6406 *
6407 * returns - TRUE for packet filtering or FALSE.
6408 ****************************************************************************/
6409boolean_t
6410e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6411{
6412 /* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */
6413
6414 int32_t ret_val, checksum;
6415 boolean_t tx_filter = FALSE;
6416 struct e1000_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
6417 uint8_t *buffer = (uint8_t *) &(hw->mng_cookie);
6418
6419 if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
6420 ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
6421 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
6422 ret_val = e1000_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
6423 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
6424 checksum = hdr->checksum;
6425 hdr->checksum = 0;
6426 if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
6427 checksum == e1000_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
6428 E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
6429 if (hdr->status &
6430 E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
6431 tx_filter = TRUE;
6432 } else
6433 tx_filter = TRUE;
6434 } else
6435 tx_filter = TRUE;
6436 }
6437 }
6438
6439 hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
6440 return tx_filter;
6441}
6442
6443/******************************************************************************
6444 * Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
6445 *
6446 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6447 *
6448 * returns: - TRUE/FALSE
6449 *
6450 *****************************************************************************/
6451uint32_t
6452e1000_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6453{
6454 uint32_t manc;
6455 uint32_t fwsm, factps;
6456
6457 if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
6458 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
6459
6460 if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
6461 !(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
6462 return FALSE;
6463 if (e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(hw) == TRUE) {
6464 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
6465 factps = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FACTPS);
6466
6467 if (((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
6468 (e1000_mng_mode_pt << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT)) &&
6469 (factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
6470 return TRUE;
6471 } else
6472 if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
6473 return TRUE;
6474 }
6475 return FALSE;
6476}
6477
Linus Torvalds1da177e2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07006478static int32_t
6479e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6480{
6481 int32_t ret_val;
6482 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
6483 uint16_t i;
6484
6485 /* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */
6486
6487 /* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */
6488
6489 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
6490 if(ret_val)
6491 return ret_val;
6492 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
6493 if(ret_val)
6494 return ret_val;
6495
6496 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
6497 if(ret_val)
6498 return ret_val;
6499
6500 /* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
6501 for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
6502 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
6503 * to be clear.
6504 */
6505
6506 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
6507 if(ret_val)
6508 return ret_val;
6509
6510 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
6511 if(ret_val)
6512 return ret_val;
6513
6514 if((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
6515 msec_delay_irq(100);
6516 }
6517
6518 /* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
6519 msec_delay_irq(1000);
6520
6521 /* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */
6522
6523 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
6524 if(ret_val)
6525 return ret_val;
6526 msec_delay_irq(50);
6527 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
6528 if(ret_val)
6529 return ret_val;
6530 msec_delay_irq(50);
6531 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
6532 if(ret_val)
6533 return ret_val;
6534 msec_delay_irq(50);
6535 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
6536 if(ret_val)
6537 return ret_val;
6538
6539 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
6540 if(ret_val)
6541 return ret_val;
6542
6543 /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
6544 for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
6545 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
6546 * to be set.
6547 */
6548
6549 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
6550 if(ret_val)
6551 return ret_val;
6552
6553 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
6554 if(ret_val)
6555 return ret_val;
6556
6557 if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
6558 msec_delay_irq(100);
6559 }
6560 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6561}
6562
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006563/***************************************************************************
6564 *
6565 * Disables PCI-Express master access.
6566 *
6567 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6568 *
6569 * returns: - none.
6570 *
6571 ***************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006572static void
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006573e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6574{
6575 uint32_t ctrl;
6576
6577 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable");
6578
6579 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
6580 return;
6581
6582 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
6583 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
6584 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
6585}
6586
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006587#if 0
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006588/***************************************************************************
6589 *
6590 * Enables PCI-Express master access.
6591 *
6592 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6593 *
6594 * returns: - none.
6595 *
6596 ***************************************************************************/
6597void
6598e1000_enable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6599{
6600 uint32_t ctrl;
6601
6602 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_enable_pciex_master");
6603
6604 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
6605 return;
6606
6607 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
6608 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
6609 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
6610}
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006611#endif /* 0 */
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006612
6613/*******************************************************************************
6614 *
6615 * Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
6616 *
6617 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6618 *
6619 * returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
6620 * caused the master requests to be disabled.
6621 * E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
6622 *
6623 ******************************************************************************/
6624int32_t
6625e1000_disable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6626{
6627 int32_t timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT; /* 80ms */
6628
6629 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_disable_pciex_master");
6630
6631 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
6632 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6633
6634 e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);
6635
6636 while(timeout) {
6637 if(!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
6638 break;
6639 else
6640 udelay(100);
6641 timeout--;
6642 }
6643
6644 if(!timeout) {
6645 DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
6646 return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
6647 }
6648
6649 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6650}
6651
6652/*******************************************************************************
6653 *
6654 * Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
6655 *
6656 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6657 *
6658 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
6659 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
6660 *
6661 ******************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006662static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006663e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6664{
6665 int32_t timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;
6666
6667 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_auto_rd_done");
6668
6669 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6670 default:
6671 msec_delay(5);
6672 break;
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04006673 case e1000_82571:
6674 case e1000_82572:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006675 case e1000_82573:
6676 while(timeout) {
6677 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD) break;
6678 else msec_delay(1);
6679 timeout--;
6680 }
6681
6682 if(!timeout) {
6683 DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
6684 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
6685 }
6686 break;
6687 }
6688
Jeff Kirsherfd803242005-12-13 00:06:22 -05006689 /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
6690 * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
6691 * and PHY. */
6692 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
6693 msec_delay(25);
6694
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006695 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6696}
6697
6698/***************************************************************************
6699 * Checks if the PHY configuration is done
6700 *
6701 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6702 *
6703 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
6704 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
6705 *
6706 ***************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006707static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006708e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6709{
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04006710 int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
6711 uint32_t cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;
6712
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006713 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_phy_cfg_done");
6714
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04006715 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6716 default:
6717 msec_delay(10);
6718 break;
6719 case e1000_82571:
6720 case e1000_82572:
6721 while (timeout) {
6722 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
6723 break;
6724 else
6725 msec_delay(1);
6726 timeout--;
6727 }
6728
6729 if (!timeout) {
6730 DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
6731 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
6732 }
6733 break;
6734 }
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006735
Jeff Kirsher7892f592006-01-12 16:50:32 -08006736 /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
6737 * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
6738 * and PHY. */
6739 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
6740 msec_delay(25);
6741
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006742 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6743}
6744
6745/***************************************************************************
6746 *
6747 * Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
6748 * adapter or Eeprom access.
6749 *
6750 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6751 *
6752 * returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
6753 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
6754 *
6755 ***************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006756static int32_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006757e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6758{
6759 int32_t timeout;
6760 uint32_t swsm;
6761
6762 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
6763
6764 if(!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
6765 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6766
6767
6768 /* Get the FW semaphore. */
6769 timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
6770 while(timeout) {
6771 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
6772 swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
6773 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
6774 /* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
6775 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
6776 if(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
6777 break;
6778
6779 udelay(50);
6780 timeout--;
6781 }
6782
6783 if(!timeout) {
6784 /* Release semaphores */
6785 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
6786 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
6787 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
6788 }
6789
6790 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6791}
6792
6793/***************************************************************************
6794 * This function clears HW semaphore bits.
6795 *
6796 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6797 *
6798 * returns: - None.
6799 *
6800 ***************************************************************************/
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006801static void
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006802e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6803{
6804 uint32_t swsm;
6805
6806 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
6807
6808 if(!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
6809 return;
6810
6811 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04006812 swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006813 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
6814}
6815
6816/******************************************************************************
6817 * Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
6818 * Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error. But it's up to
6819 * the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
6820 *
6821 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6822 *
6823 * returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
6824 * E1000_SUCCESS
6825 *
6826 *****************************************************************************/
6827int32_t
6828e1000_check_phy_reset_block(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6829{
6830 uint32_t manc = 0;
6831 if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82547_rev_2)
6832 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
6833 return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
6834 E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
6835}
6836
Adrian Bunk3ad2cc62005-10-30 16:53:34 +01006837static uint8_t
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006838e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6839{
6840 uint32_t fwsm;
6841
6842 /* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
6843 * may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
6844 * enabled. We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
6845 * if this is the case. We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
6846 */
6847 switch (hw->mac_type) {
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala868d5302005-10-04 06:58:59 -04006848 case e1000_82571:
6849 case e1000_82572:
Malli Chilakala2d7edb92005-04-28 19:43:52 -07006850 case e1000_82573:
6851 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
6852 if((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
6853 return TRUE;
6854 break;
6855 default:
6856 break;
6857 }
6858 return FALSE;
6859}
6860
6861
6862